ML042190122: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (StriderTol Bot insert) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (StriderTol Bot change) |
||
| Line 17: | Line 17: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:Final Submittal | {{#Wiki_filter:Final Submittal | ||
OCONEE JUNE 2004 EXAM | OCONEE JUNE 2004 EXAM | ||
50-26912004-301 I | |||
50-27012004-301, & | |||
50-28712004-301 | |||
JUNE 14 - 18 & 25,2004 | |||
Admin-100 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 7 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
DETERMINE SDM | |||
WITH A DROPPED CONTROL ROD | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAM I NER | |||
Admin-100 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 7 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAWNATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
DETERMINE SBM WITH A DROPPED CONTROL ROD | DETERMINE SBM WITH A DROPPED CONTROL ROD | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facllitv JPM #: | Facllitv JPM #: | ||
. . | . . | ||
KIA Ratindsk | . . | ||
Gsn 2. | KIA Ratindsk | ||
Task Standard: | Gsn 2.1 2 3 | ||
PT/l/Ni lOW15, Reactivity Balance Procedure is used to verify > 1% SDM with one inoperable (dropped) CR within | 3.9/4.0 | ||
I hour. | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location: | PT/l/Ni lOW15, Reactivity Balance Procedure is used to verify > 1% SDM with one inoperable (dropped) CR within | ||
Simulator X | I hour. Determine that 1% SDM does not exist and boratlon is required within 15 minutes. | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location: | |||
References: | Preferred Evaluation Method: | ||
PT/I/Af1103/15, Reactivity Balance Procedure | Simulator --X-.- | ||
AP/l/NI 70011 | In-Plant | ||
Technical Specifications: | ~ | ||
Perform | |||
Simulate - | |||
Validation Time: 10 min. | References: | ||
................................................................................... | PT/I/Af1103/15, Reactivity Balance Procedure | ||
Candidate: | AP/l/NI 70011 5, Dropped Control Rods | ||
Technical Specifications: | |||
Performance Ratinq SAT | 3.1.4, Control Rod Group Alignment Limits | ||
Examiner: | 3.2.1, Regulating Rod Position Limits | ||
Validation Time: 10 min. | |||
Time Critical: YES | |||
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | |||
Candidate: | |||
Time Start: | |||
NAME | |||
Time Finish: | |||
Performance Ratinq SAT ~ | |||
UNSAT - | |||
Performance Time | |||
Examiner: | |||
- | |||
/ | |||
NAME | |||
SkNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
COMMENTS | |||
Admin-100 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 7 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
1. Recall Snap 205 | 1. Recall Snap 205 | ||
2. Import Admin-7 OR Simulator files | 2. Import Admin-7 OR Simulator files | ||
Admin-100 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 7 | |||
Teo%s/EcluipmentEProcedures | Teo%s/EcluipmentEProcedures | ||
PT/1/A/1103/ | Needed: | ||
OP/0/A/1105/009, Control Rod Drive System | PT/1/A/1103/8157 Reactivity Balance Procedure | ||
Technical Specifications: | OP/0/A/1105/009, Control Rod Drive System | ||
3.4.4,Control Rod Group Alignment Limits | Technical Specifications: | ||
3.2.1,Regulating Rod Position Limits | 3.4.4, | ||
Control Rod Group Alignment Limits | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | 3.2.1, | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | Regulating Rod Position Limits | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | READ TO OPERATOR | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
You are the Unit 1 OAYC and Group 6 Rod 3 has dropped into the core. Reactor power is stable | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
at = 55%. AP/l/a/l700/15, Dropped Control Rods, has been completed up to step 4.5. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
The SWO in the Control Room directs you to continue with AP/l/a/1700/15, Dropped Control | You are the Unit 1 OAYC and Group 6 Rod 3 has dropped into the core. Reactor power is stable | ||
Rods. | at = 55%. AP/l/a/l700/15, Dropped Control Rods, has been completed up to step 4.5. | ||
TIME CRITICAL | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The SWO in the Control Room directs you to continue with AP/l/a/1700/15, Dropped Control | |||
Rods. | |||
TIME CRITICAL | |||
Admin-100 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 7 | |||
START TIME: | |||
STEQ: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Within one hour verify > 1% SDM with allowance to the inoperable control | |||
rod. Perform PT/l/A/1103/15. Reactivity Balance Procedure. | |||
Obtain copy of PT/l/A/1103/15, Reactivity Balance Procedure. | |||
STEP: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine proper enclosure to use. | |||
I | Enclosure 13.19, Shutdown Margin at Power, Is chosen. | ||
I COMMENTS: | |||
Refer to the COLR. Use the "Control Rod Position Setpoints 1 inoperable | |||
Rod, 4 Pump Flow" curve. Verify SDM is 2 1% AWK by verifying that the | |||
control rod position and power level are within the acceptable region of | |||
the curve. | |||
SDM is determined to be is s 1% AUK. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
-4: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Appropriate actions are taken per ITS 3.1.4, 3.1.5 and 3.2.1. | |||
Refer to IT§ 3.1.4, 3.1.5 and 3.2.1 and determine that initiation of | |||
boration to restore SDM to within limits is required within 15 minutes. | |||
CUE !nnfesrPp student that an RQ is commencing boration. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
END OF TASK | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRlTICPab STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
TIME STOP: | |||
Admin-100 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 7 | |||
-STEPEs.P.LANATI | |||
STEP # | 0 NS : | ||
STEP # | |||
Explanation | |||
3 | |||
Step is necessary, the operator must interpret the 4 WCP curve to ensure adequate | |||
SDM. | |||
Step is necessary; initiation of boration must QCCW within 15 minutes to restore SDM. | |||
4 | |||
Admin-100 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 7 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
You are the Unit 1 OATC and Group 6 Rod 3 has dropped into the core. Reactor power is stable | You are the Unit 1 OATC and Group 6 Rod 3 has dropped into the core. Reactor power is stable | ||
at = 55%. AP/t/A/1700/15, Dropped Control Rods, is complete up to step 4.5. | at = 55%. AP/t/A/1700/15, Dropped Control Rods, is complete up to step 4.5. | ||
INlTlATlNG CUES: | INlTlATlNG CUES: | ||
The SWO in the Control Room directs you to continue with AP/l/PJl700/f5, Dropped Control | The SWO in the Control Room directs you to continue with AP/l/PJl700/f5, Dropped Control | ||
Rods. | Rods. | ||
TIME CRITICAL | TIME CRITICAL | ||
Acimin-103 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 10 | |||
REGION ll | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Ad m i n - I | |||
03 | |||
PERFORM MANUAL RCS LEAKAGE CALCULATION | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
Admin-103 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 10 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
PERFORM MANUAL RCS LEAKAGE CALCULATION | PERFORM MANUAL RCS LEAKAGE CALCULATION | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
No | No | ||
Facilitv JPM #: | Facilitv JPM #: | ||
CRO-43 | CRO-43 | ||
WA Ratindsl: | WA Ratindsl: | ||
Gen 2.1.7 | Gen 2.1.7 | ||
Task Standard: | 3.714.4 | ||
RCS Leakage is correctly calculated within .Q1 gpm of attached key. | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | RCS Leakage is correctly calculated within .Q1 gpm of attached key. | ||
Simulator ~ | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Simulator ~ | ||
PT/O/A/060O/ | In-Plant | ||
PT/IiA/600/10. Reactor Coolant Leakage | References: | ||
Examiner: | PT/O/A/060O/OQI A, Loss Of Computer | ||
PT/IiA/600/10. Reactor Coolant Leakage | |||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
Perform X | |||
Simulate - | |||
Examiner: | |||
/ | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
Admin-I03 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 10 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
NONE | NONE | ||
Poolsl~suipmenffProcedures Needed: | |||
Enclosure 43.3 of PTIl/N600/10 | |||
Poolsl~ | Admin-103 fnl | ||
Enclosure 43.3 of PTIl/N600/10 | Page4of 10 | ||
READ PO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reporis on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reporis on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
lNlTiAL CONDITIONS: | lNlTiAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Unit 1 computer repairs are expected to be extended through turnover for hardware | Unit 1 computer repairs are expected to be extended through turnover for hardware | ||
replacement. The boss of Computer procedure PTl/O/A/0600/001A, boss Of Computer, is in | replacement. The boss of Computer procedure PTl/O/A/0600/001A, boss Of Computer, is in | ||
progress, however an RCS Leakage Calculation has not been performed during this shift. | progress, however an RCS Leakage Calculation has not been performed during this shift. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Control ROOM SRO directs you to perform a manual RCS leakage per PT/1/,4/600/10 | The Control ROOM SRO directs you to perform a manual RCS leakage per PT/1/,4/600/10 | ||
(Reactor Coolant Leakage). The initial data given was collected one hour previously. Use the | (Reactor Coolant Leakage). The initial data given was collected one hour previously. Use the | ||
final set of leakage data and manually calculate the RCS leakage rate. Enclosure 13.3 of | final set of leakage data and manually calculate the RCS leakage rate. Enclosure 13.3 of | ||
PT/I/N600/10 (Reactor Coolant Leakage) is complete up to step 2.2. | PT/I/N600/10 (Reactor Coolant Leakage) is complete up to step 2.2. | ||
Admin-103 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 10 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Note: Data cues are only applicable if JPM is performed in the control | |||
room. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 2.2 | |||
After 1 hour, Record final set of data in "Table #I" | |||
Student enters final set of data into "Table #I" of Enclosure 13.3 (Manual | |||
Leakage Calculation Data Sheet). | |||
CUE: Present student with aifachment of final data readings. | |||
OR | |||
Student locates Prr level gauge on UBI and enters value on data sheet. | |||
CUE: Pzr Level 269.0 inches | |||
Student locates Quench Tank level on AB1 and enters value on data | |||
sheet. | |||
CUE: Quench Tank Level 84.9 inches | |||
Student locates LDST level gauge on UBI and enters value on data | |||
sheet. | |||
CUE: LDST Leveel 73.4 inches | |||
Student locates Tave meter on UB1 and enters value on data sheet. | |||
CUE: Tave Indication 579.0"F | |||
Student locates Power meters on UBI and enters value on data sheet | |||
CUE: Power Range N! indicates 100.1% | |||
Student locates RCS NR Pressure chart on UBI and enters value on | |||
data sheet. | |||
CUE: RCS NR Pressure chart 2450 psig | |||
Student locates Group 7 Control Rod Position on the Computer and | |||
enters value on data sheet. | |||
CUE: Group 7 Control Rod Position is 93.6% | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
Adrnin-103 fnl | |||
P a g e 6 0 f 1 0 | |||
-. | |||
Step 2.3 | |||
Calculate and record Change values in "Table #I" of Enclosure 13.3 | |||
(Manual Leakage Calculation Data Sheet). | |||
STANDARD | |||
Student performs calculation and records Change values in "Table #?" | |||
Enclosure 13.3 (Manual Leakage Calculation Data Sheet). | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 2.4 | |||
Calculated Corrected PZW Level Change: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
(- 6.831 inchesl" F x | |||
O F) =+ 1.0 inches = 0.3169 inches | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 2.5 | |||
Convert Corrected PZR Level Change to gallons: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
0.3269 inches X 14.364 gAlofls/inch = | |||
gallons | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
: | -5: | ||
Step 2.6 | |||
Convert QT Level Change to gallons: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
~ | |||
SAT | |||
I | |||
UNSAT | |||
Admin-103 fnl | |||
-. | |||
-9 | |||
of 10 | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 4.7 | |||
Convert LDST Level Change to gallons: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
: | -. | ||
.. | |||
-9: | |||
Step 2.8 | |||
Calculated Total Volume Change: | |||
STANDARD : | |||
4.552 gallons + - q0.482 gallons + I- 9.287 qallons) = - 25.247 gallons | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 2.9 | |||
Calculate RCS Leakage Rate: | |||
STANDARD: - 45.217 gallons '60 minutes = - 0.254 gpm (k .01 gprn) | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
_ . | |||
_. | |||
STOP TIME: | ~.. | ||
END | |||
.. . TASK | |||
.. .- | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL TAS | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
Admin-103 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 10 | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
Note: If complamenery errors occur while performing calculations is steps 3 - 7 they | 8 | ||
will become critical. Credit will not be given for obtaining the correct answer for the | Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate. | ||
wrong reason. | Note: If complamenery errors occur while performing calculations is steps 3 - 7 they | ||
will become critical. Credit will not be given for obtaining the correct answer for the | |||
wrong reason. | |||
Manuai RCS Leakage Final Data | |||
7 - | |||
Para meter | |||
7 - | ~ Time | ||
-~ | |||
~ Time | Quehch Tank Level | ||
.... | |||
__ | |||
Tave Indication | |||
Power ~ a n b e | |||
NI | |||
__ | |||
NR Pr&sure | |||
!.. ... | ... | ||
. . | |||
... ... | |||
!.. | |||
... | |||
Grouo 7 Control Rod Position | |||
Final | |||
0115 | |||
I | |||
21 9.8 inches | |||
84.9 inches | |||
Ei79.0"F --I | |||
Admin-I03 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 10 | |||
Admin-103 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 10 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Unit 1 computer repairs are expected to be extended through turnover for hardware | Unit 1 computer repairs are expected to be extended through turnover for hardware | ||
replacement. The Loss of Computer procedure PT/O/A/0600/001A, Loss Of Computer, is in | replacement. The Loss of Computer procedure PT/O/A/0600/001A, Loss Of Computer, is in | ||
progress, however an RCS Leakage Calculation has not been performed during this shift. | progress, however an RCS Leakage Calculation has not been performed during this shift. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Control Room SRO directs you to perform a manual RCS leakage per PT/I/A/600/10 | The Control Room SRO directs you to perform a manual RCS leakage per PT/I/A/600/10 | ||
(Reactor Coolant Leakage). The initial data given was collected one hour previously. Use the | (Reactor Coolant Leakage). The initial data given was collected one hour previously. Use the | ||
final set of leakage data and manually calculate the RCS leakage rate. Endosure 13.3 of | final set of leakage data and manually calculate the RCS leakage rate. Endosure 13.3 of | ||
PT/il/A/600/10 (Reactor Coolant Leakage) is complete up to step 2.2. | PT/il/A/600/10 (Reactor Coolant Leakage) is complete up to step 2.2. | ||
Adrnin-110 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 9 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Admin-I I O | |||
Determine Minimum Shift Staffing | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
Admin-I I O fnl | |||
Page 2 of 9 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
Determine MINIMUM staffing requirements for the shift for NEQ's, RQs and SRQs | Determine MINIMUM staffing requirements for the shift for NEQ's, RQs and SRQs | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facilitv JPM #: | Facilitv JPM #: | ||
Ad | Ad | ||
KIA Ratinals): | KIA Ratinals): | ||
Gen214 | Gen214 | ||
Task Standard: | 2.313.4 | ||
SLC 16.13.1-1 (Minimum Station Staffing Requirements) is used to correctly determine MINIMUM staffing | Task Standard: | ||
requirements for the shift. | SLC 16.13.1-1 (Minimum Station Staffing Requirements) is used to correctly determine MINIMUM staffing | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | requirements for the shift. | ||
Simulator -in-Plant | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
Simulator - | |||
in-Plant | |||
X | |||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
Perform | |||
~ | |||
Simulate 2 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
NONE | |||
Admin-I 10 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 9 | |||
Admin-I 10 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 9 | |||
Toolsl~uuipmentlProcedures Needed: | |||
SLC 16.13.1-1 | |||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT: | |||
I will explain the initiab conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | |||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | |||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | |||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | |||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
Plant conditions are as following: | |||
Unit 1 is in MODE 5 with fuel handling in the SFP in progress | |||
Unit 2 is in MODE 1 at 73% with 28 HPlP OOS for the last 85 hours | |||
Unit 3 is in MODE 1 at 700% power | |||
2 on-shift NEO's are qualified as fire brigade leader | |||
1 RP Tech is fire brigade qualified | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
What are the MlNlMUM staffing requirements for the shift? | |||
..... .- | |||
I | |||
. | |||
.~.-~. | |||
...... | |||
Minimum Number | |||
.~.-~. | |||
t | OSM | ||
STA | |||
SRO | |||
t ... | |||
. | |||
' | |||
_ | |||
. | |||
I | |||
! | |||
~~~~ | |||
~ | |||
I | |||
~~~~ | |||
RO | |||
.. | |||
....... | |||
NLO | |||
! | |||
-. | |||
-. | |||
~ NIA | |||
! | |||
! | |||
Chemistry Technician | |||
~ N/A | |||
i | |||
-. | |||
SPOC | |||
.... | |||
....... | |||
! | |||
.-... d | |||
...~ l-r | |||
I | |||
Admin-I10 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 9 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
STEP 1 : | |||
Reference SLC 16.13.1 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Reference SLC 16.13.1-1 table | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
...~ | |||
.... | |||
STEP 2: | |||
Reference SLC 16.13.1-1 for plant conditions | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine correct table to be used: | |||
Column for 2 units in MODE 1-4 from two control rooms based on: | |||
Unit 1 is in MODE 5 with fuel handling in the SFP in progress | |||
Unit 2 is in MODE I | |||
at 73% with 28 HPlP 00s for the last 85 | |||
: | hours | ||
Unit 3 is in MODE 1 at 100% power | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
-3: | |||
Determine correct number from column for 2 units in MODE 1-4 from two | |||
control rooms | |||
1 QSM. 1 STA. 5 SRO, 5 RO, and 8 NE0 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
=: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine that available NE0 is fire brigade leader qualified | |||
2 on-shifi NEO's are qualified as fire brigade leader | |||
1 RP Tech is fire brigade qualified | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
-..-.___ | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
~ | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
Admin-110 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 9 | |||
: | - | ||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
I_ UNSAT | |||
-5: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Adjust total staffing numbers per Step 4 | |||
Subtract 1 SRO based on NE0 qualified as fire brigade leader: | |||
1 OSM, 1 STA, 4 SRO, 5 RO, and 8 NE0 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Reference TS 3.5.2.B | |||
Determine that TS 3.5.2.B is applicable: | |||
28 HPlP 00s for z 72 hours | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
-7: | |||
Adjust total staffing numbers per Step 6 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Add 1 80 based on TS 3.5.2.8 | |||
applying | |||
1 OSM, 1 STA. 4 SRO, 6 RO. and 8 NE0 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Adjust total staffing numbers per Step 7 | |||
Add 2 NEOs based on TS 3.5.2.8 applying | |||
1 OSM, 1 STA, 4 SRO, 6 RO, and IJ | |||
NE0 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
___ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
~ | |||
UNSAT | |||
Admin-I 10 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 9 | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
_I_ UNSAT | |||
Position | |||
OSM | |||
STEP: | |||
Determine total staffing requirements | |||
STANDARD: | |||
1 OSM. I | |||
STA, 4 SRO, 6 RO, and 10 NE8 | |||
Minimum Number | |||
1 | |||
STA | |||
SRO | |||
.. | |||
NLO | |||
I I qo | |||
SPOC | |||
TIME STOP: | I NIA | ||
Chemistry Technician | |||
I NIA | |||
RP Technician | |||
1 NIA | |||
._ | |||
.~ | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
TIME STOP: | |||
Admin-110 fni | |||
Page 8 of 9 | |||
CRlTlCAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
Determine staffing requirements | |||
Admin-110 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 9 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPQN COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
Plant conditions are as following: | |||
Unit 1 is in MODE 5 with fuel handling in the §FP in progress | |||
Unit 2 is in MODE I at. 73% with 28 HPlP 00s for the last 85 hours | |||
Unit 3 is in MODE Z at 100% power | |||
2 on-shift NEO's are qualified as fire brigade leader | |||
1 RP Tech is fire brigade qualified | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
What are the MINIMUM staffing requirements for the shift? | |||
SRO | |||
I | |||
I | |||
t- | |||
I | |||
I | I30 | ||
.. . | NLO | ||
I NIA | |||
... .. | |||
..... | |||
' ... | |||
I ::rlstry | |||
Technician | |||
, NIA | |||
k--Technician | |||
I NIA | |||
.. | |||
Adrnin-202 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 7 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Ad m i n -2 02 | |||
Perform surveillance to verify SSF RCMUP Operability | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXaMINER | EXaMINER | ||
Admin-202 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 7 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
NONE | |||
Adrnin-202 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 7 | |||
ToolslEquipmenffPrasehiures Needed: | |||
a | a | ||
PT/I/N0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance), Encl. 13.1 (Mode 1 & 2) Page 35 of | |||
Q | 36 | ||
Q | |||
Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve of OQ/O/N1108/001 | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | (Curves And General Information) | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and slate the task to be performed. All control room | READ TO OPERATOR | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | I will explain the initial conditions, and slate the task to be performed. All control room | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
INITIAL CQNDITIONS: | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | |||
a | INITIAL CQNDITIONS: | ||
* | 112EOC20 outage in progress | ||
* | a | ||
Unit 2 was shutdown (subcritical) on 3120104 at 0100 | |||
* | * Unit 2 core is defueled | ||
Q | * Spent Fuel Pool Level = +0.1 feet | ||
INITIATING CUE§: | Spent Fuel Pool Temperature = 91°F | ||
The SRO instructs you to continue with PT/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 starting at the top of page | * Current date and time: 3/26/04 at 1100 | ||
35. | Q | ||
PT/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 in progress | |||
INITIATING CUE§: | |||
The SRO instructs you to continue with PT/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 starting at the top of page | |||
35. | |||
Admin-202 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 7 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Determine if 811 fuel in SFP subcritical > maximum days specified on | |||
Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Refer to Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature | |||
Curve of OP/l108/001. Determine that Unit 2s fuel has been subcritical | |||
for 6 days and 10 hours. This is < than the maximum days specified on | |||
Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Verify SFP level > specified on appropriate curve of Enclosure Unit 1&2 | |||
Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine that the correct curve is Day > 6 & 5 7. | |||
ent Fuel Pool water temperature is 98°F by looking on SFP | |||
auge on 2AB3 or on the OAC | |||
Pool water level is + 0.10 feet by looking on SFP | |||
Cue: When a SFP temperature indication is located indicate to the candidate that | |||
SFP temperature = 98F | |||
Determine Spent Fuei Pool water level is + 0.10 feet by looking on SFP | |||
Level gauge on 2AB3. | |||
Cue: When the Unit 1 i% 2 SFP level indication is located indicate to the candidate | |||
that SFP Level = + 0.7 feet. | |||
Determine that SFP level is NOT > than the appropriate curve | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
If limit exceeded, SSF RCMUP is inoperable. | |||
Declare the SSF RCMUQ inoperable. | |||
;TOP TIME: | CRITICAL STEP | ||
__ SAT | |||
I | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
_I_ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
_I_ UNSAT | |||
;TOP TIME: | |||
Admin-202 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 7 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP tc | STEP tc | ||
Explanation | |||
I | |||
Must determine that some fuel has been subcritical e than the maximum days | |||
specified on Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve | |||
Required to determine is SFP level is adequate. | |||
SSF RCMUP is declared inoperable. | |||
2 | |||
3 | |||
Adrnin-202 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 7 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
e | e | ||
* Unit 2 was shutdown (subcritical) on 3/20/04 at 0100 | U2EOC20 outage in progress | ||
* Unit 2 was shutdown (subcritical) on 3/20/04 at 0100 | |||
e | Unit 2 core is defueled | ||
e | |||
Spent Fuel Pool Level = +0.1 feet | |||
Spent Fuel Pool Temperature = 91°F | |||
INITIATING CUES: | Current date and time: 3/26/04 at 1100 | ||
The SRO instructs you to continue with PT/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 starting at the top of page | PP/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 in progress | ||
35. | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The SRO instructs you to continue with PT/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 starting at the top of page | |||
35. | |||
Admin-300 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 8 | |||
REGION ll | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Ad m i n -300 | |||
Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time | |||
Within Emergency Dose Limits (EDL) | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
Admin-300 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 8 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | |||
Task: | Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within Emergency Dose Limits | ||
Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within Emergency Dose Limits | Alternate Path: | ||
Alternate Path: | NIA | ||
NIA | Facilitv JPM #: | ||
Facilitv JPM #: | NIA | ||
NIA | KIA Ratinds): | ||
KIA Ratinds): | Gen 2.3.4 | ||
Gen 2.3.4 | 2.5B.1 | ||
Task Standard: | Task Standard: | ||
Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within Emergency Dose Limits (k 5 minutes). | Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within Emergency Dose Limits (k 5 minutes). | ||
Examiner: | __ | ||
Examiner: | |||
I | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
Adrnin-300 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 8 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
NONE | NONE | ||
ToolsiEsuiiprnenffProcedur~~ | |||
Needed: | |||
None | |||
Admin-300 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 8 | |||
DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT: | READ TO OPERATOR | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be | DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT: | ||
performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be | ||
on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned | performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports | ||
task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
1. Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred OR Unit 3 | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
2. Emergency Dose Limits are in effect | 1. Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred OR Unit 3 | ||
3. NEQ | 2. Emergency Dose Limits are in effect | ||
4. The following tasks are required to be performed: | 3. NEQ A has received 2.26 R TEBE this year | ||
4. The following tasks are required to be performed: | |||
. . . . . . . | |||
~. | |||
. . . . | |||
. . | |||
. . . | |||
p | |||
1 ..... | |||
.. , .TASK | |||
... | |||
TIME REQUIRED | |||
Note: Assume no dose received while travelling between tasks. | ... | ||
INITIATING CUE: | 1. | ||
Refer to the above information. NEQ A has completed tasks 1 and 2 in the time required. How long does he | O O S k . k r A | ||
have to complete task 3 without exceeding his Emergency Dose Limits? | . . . . . . . . . . . | ||
I | |||
1 I Closing 3~-573 | |||
I | |||
12 min | |||
5.31 Whr | |||
I | |||
Open all Unit 3s ADVs | |||
3.65 Whr | |||
Note: Assume no dose received while travelling between tasks. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
Refer to the above information. NEQ A has completed tasks 1 and 2 in the time required. How long does he | |||
have to complete task 3 without exceeding his Emergency Dose Limits? | |||
Admin-300 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 0 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Note: Candidate may perform these steps in a different order however the calculated stay time should be | Note: Candidate may perform these steps in a different order however the calculated stay time should be | ||
correct. | correct. | ||
Note: | Note: Candidate should understand the following: | ||
1. EDL is 5 R per event (LOW or SGTR). | |||
2. | |||
Current exposure for the year is not counted toward the Emergency Dose Limit (EDb). | |||
-1: | |||
Determine dose received while performing task 1. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine dose received while performing task 1. | |||
5.31 Whr X 1hr/60 min X 12 min = 1.06 R | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Determine dose received while performing task 2. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine dose received while performing task 2. | |||
19.75 Whr X 1 hr/60 min X 4 min = 1.32 R | |||
: | COMMENTS: | ||
-3: | |||
Determine dose remaining from EDLs. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine dose remaining from EDLs. | |||
5R - 1 ..06R - 1.32R = 2.62 R | |||
COMMENTS : | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
STEP: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Available Dose = | |||
Dose Rate | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Determine time available for the NE0 to complete task 3 without | |||
exceeding EDL. | |||
Stay time is calculated to be: | |||
= ,728 hr X | |||
= 43.1 min | |||
3.65 Rlhr | |||
1 hr | |||
(i 5 minutes) | |||
...~ | |||
END OF TASK | |||
.,,.. | |||
.. | |||
Admin-300 fnl | |||
-. . Page6 o f 8 | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
Admin-300 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 8 | |||
CRITICAL STEP. EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STE? # | STE? # | ||
Explanation | |||
4 | |||
2 | |||
3 | |||
4 | |||
Required to calculate stay time. | |||
Required to calculate stay time. | |||
Required to calculate stay time. | |||
Required to calculate stay time. | |||
Admin-300 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 8 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
1. Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred on Unit 3 | 1. Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred on Unit 3 | ||
2. Emergency Dose Limits are in effect | 2. Emergency Dose Limits are in effect | ||
3. | 3. NE0 "A" has received 2.26 R TEDE this year | ||
4. The following tasks are required to be performed: | 4. The following tasks are required to be performed: | ||
...... | |||
. | |||
~. | |||
~ | |||
....... | |||
.. | |||
r.- #I TIME REQUIRED-. D | |||
O | |||
S | |||
E | |||
Note: Assume no dose received while traveling between tasks. | |||
lNlTlATlNG CUE: | RATE | ||
Refer to the above information. NE0 "A" has completed tasks 1 and 2 in the time required. How long does he | ..... | ||
have to complete task 3 without exceeding his Emergency Dose Limits? | ... ...TASK | ||
~ | |||
.... .~ | |||
.: | |||
Closing 3C-573 | |||
5.31 Rfhr | |||
Open 3FDW-313 .. | |||
Note: Assume no dose received while traveling between tasks. | |||
lNlTlATlNG CUE: | |||
Refer to the above information. NE0 "A" has completed tasks 1 and 2 in the time required. How long does he | |||
have to complete task 3 without exceeding his Emergency Dose Limits? | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 14 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Admin-402 | |||
Perform Actions for Medical Emergency | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAM IN ER | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 14 | |||
REGION I1 | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
Perform Actions for Medical Emergency | Perform Actions for Medical Emergency | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facility JPM # | Facility JPM # | ||
KIA Ratinds): | KIA Ratinds): | ||
System: GEN | System: GEN | ||
WA: | WA: | ||
Rating: | 2.4.39 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: | ||
Complete RP/lOO01016, Encl. 4.1 (Medical Response) as required | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluatlon Location | Complete RP/lOO01016, Encl. 4.1 (Medical Response) as required | ||
Simulator __ In-Plant | Preferred Evaluatlon Location: | ||
References: | Simulator __ In-Plant | ||
RPllOOO/O16, Encl. 4.4 (Medical Response) | References: | ||
RPllOOO/O16, Encl. 4.4 (Medical Response) | |||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
Perform - | |||
Simulate | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 14 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
NONE | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 14 | |||
ToolslEuuipmenffP~ | ToolslEuuipmenffP~ocedures Needed: | ||
RP/1QQQ/OI6,Encl. 4.1 (Medical Emergency Action - Routine Operations) | RP/1QQQ/OI6, Encl. 4.1 (Medical Emergency Action - Routine Operations) | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
1. You have answered a call on 491 1 (emergency line) repofling a medical emergency. | 1. You have answered a call on 491 1 (emergency line) repofling a medical emergency. | ||
2. The caller is still on the line. | 2. The caller is still on the line. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The SRQ in the control room instructs you perform the required actions for a medical | The SRQ in the control room instructs you perform the required actions for a medical | ||
emergency. | emergency. | ||
START TIME: | |||
STEP: | |||
START TIME: | STANDARD: | ||
Determine the appropriate procedure to use. | |||
RP/OiB/lOQQi016 (Medical Response) is referenced and Enclosure 4. I | |||
(Medical Emergency Actions - Routine Operations) is determined to be | |||
the appropriate procedure to use. Enclosure 4.1 is obtained from | |||
notebook located in the front of the control room desk or from the cart in | |||
the TSC. | |||
Cue: When procedure is located give candidate a copy of Enclosure 4. f. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 1.2 | |||
Complete the following accident information: | |||
Name of person reporting injury | |||
Call back number | |||
Name of person injured | |||
Supervisor of injured person | |||
e | |||
Location injury occurred | |||
Brief description of injury | |||
Time | |||
Note: The evaluator will play the role of the person reporting the injury. Answer | |||
questions by referring to the Medical Emergency Phone Call Information Sheet. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The candidate obtains the above information from the evaluator by | |||
asking the appropriate questions and completes step 1.2 correctly. | |||
Note: Refer to the completed procedure as an answer key. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 24 | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
___I SAT | |||
I | |||
UNSAT | |||
. .. | |||
.. ~. | |||
~ . . | |||
.... | |||
STEQ: | |||
Step 1.3 | |||
IF There is a Security Event in progress, | |||
THEN Continue with ... | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: lf asked, inform candidate a Security Event is not in progress. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Determine a Security vent is not in progress and NIA step 1.3. | |||
- - | |||
__ | |||
...~ | |||
. | |||
___ | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 1.4.1 | |||
: | Use Plant Page to request all MERT members to respond to the incident. | ||
The phone is used to access the Plant Page and request all MERT | |||
members to respond to the incident. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: inform candidate to simulate onjy. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
-5: | |||
Step 1.4.2 | |||
Use the radio paging system to request MERT members to respond to | |||
the incident. | |||
o | |||
o | |||
Transmit "Standby for Emergency Message" | |||
Press the "instant Call" button labeled "MERT" | |||
Wait for the red "Transmit" light on the radio to turn off | |||
Transmit message | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The radio paging system is used to request MERT members to respond | |||
to the incident by: | |||
Transmit "Standby for Emergency Message" | |||
Press the "instant Call" button labeled "MERT" | |||
Wait for the red "Transmit" light on the radio to turn off | |||
Transmit message "MERT members respond to a medical | |||
emergency in the Unit 3 clean side of the change room.'r | |||
Note: The red "Transmit" light is normally green and is located next to the "MERT" | |||
button on the radio. | |||
Cue: hnform candidate to simulate only. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 14 | |||
... | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAIT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
~ | |||
UNSAT | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 14 | |||
Step 1.4.3 | |||
Repeat steps 1.4.1 and 1.4.2 | |||
The Plant Page and the radio paging system are used a second time to | |||
request MERT members to respond to the incident. | |||
Cue: h f o m candidate to simukaite only. | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | Cue: h f o m candidate to simukaite only. | ||
STEP 7: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 7: | |||
Step 1.4.4 | |||
Call Securitv at one of the followina extensions and request they have | |||
security M&T members respondio the emergency | |||
STANDARD: | SAS (Secondary Alarm Station) 2205 or 2767 | ||
CAS (Central Alarm Station) 2222 or 2958 | |||
Cue: Inform candidate to simulate only. | e | ||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
Security is notified at one of the above extensions and are requested to | |||
have security MERT members respond to the emergency. | |||
Cue: Inform candidate to simulate only. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: | Step 1.4.5 | ||
IF The incident location is away from the rn ain plant (WOE, Complex, | |||
COMMENTS: | Keowee Hydro, etc.) and incident occurs during normal working hours, | ||
THEN Notify shuttle Bus ... | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine that this step does not apply and N/A step 1.4.5 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: | Step 1.5 | ||
IF A mass casualty event has occurred or is suspected, and a centralized | |||
treatment area is needed. and plant conditions allow, | |||
THEN Make a PA Announcement ... | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine that this step does not apply and N/A step 1.5 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
__ | |||
SAT | |||
_I UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
STEP IO: | |||
Step 1.6 | |||
IF Hospital evacuation is needed as determined by MERT Command or | |||
as indicated by Step 1.6.1, | |||
THEN Arrange transport of patient to the hospital by one of the following | |||
means: | |||
EMS (ambulance) | |||
Dial 9-91 1 from the Operations Shift Manager's phone or Unit 1 | |||
Control Room SROs phone or dial 91 1 from the bell South line - Unit | |||
1: 2, and 3 Control Rooms. Refer to Step 1.6.2, prior to requesting | |||
EMS. | |||
Company vehicle (less serious injury) | |||
Personal vehicle (less serious injury) | |||
e | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Ambulance is requested by calling 9-91 1. Ambulance is requested to | |||
come to Oconee Nuclear Station. | |||
I | COMMENTS: | ||
I | |||
STEP 11: | |||
Step 1.6.1 | |||
IF Any of the following illnesses or injuries are reported on the emergency | |||
line (491 I) | |||
THEN Immediately request EMS (ambulance) to respond to the site: | |||
Unconsciousness | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 12: | |||
step 1.6.2 | |||
IF The patient is known or suspected to be radiologically contaminated, | |||
THEN Have the EMS dispatcher inform the EMS personnel to expect a | |||
contaminated person. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine that this step does not apply and NIA step 1.6.2 | |||
I | Cue: !tasked, inform candidate that the patient is NOT wntaminabed. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
I | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 14 | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
_I SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 24 | |||
STEP 13: | STEP 13: | ||
Step 1.6.3 | |||
Notify Security at 2222 that the ambulance is enroute | |||
COMMENTS: | Security is notified that the ambulance is enroute | ||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 14: | STEP 14: | ||
Step 1.6.4 | |||
STANDARD: | Notify M E N Command that the ambulance is enroute. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: lnforrn candidate to sirnulate only. | |||
STEP 15: | COMMENTS: | ||
MERT Command is notified via radio that the ambulance is enroute. | |||
STANDARD: | STEP 15: | ||
Cue: lnforrn candidate to simulate only. | Step 1.6.5 | ||
COMMENTS: | Nstify World of Energy Duty Person (Ext. 4602 or Pager #777-9414). | ||
STEP 16: | STANDARD: | ||
Cue: lnforrn candidate to simulate only. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
World of Energy Duty Person is notified by phone. | |||
STEP 16: | |||
Cue: lnforrn candidate to simulate only. | Step 1.7 | ||
Notify the Occupational Health Unit at ONS during normal working hours | |||
COMMENTS: | (4652). | ||
STEP 17: | Occupational Health Unit at ONS is notified by phone. | ||
STANDARD; | |||
Cue: lnforrn candidate to simulate only. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 17: | |||
Step 1.8 | |||
IF Radiological contamination is involved and the person is being sent to | |||
a hospital. | |||
THEN Complete ... | |||
Determine that this step does not apply and N/A step 1.8. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
~ | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
_I_ UNSAT | |||
_I SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 14 | |||
STEP 18: | STEP 18: | ||
Step 1.9 | |||
Remind MERT Command that a Patient Treatment Form needs to be | |||
completed for all patients and that the completed form is to be sent to the | |||
Medical Unit for inclusion in the patients medical file. | |||
MERT Command is informed that a Patient Treatment Form needs to be | |||
completed and sent to the Medical Unit. | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
STEP 19: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 19: | |||
Step 1.10 | |||
After normal working hours the Operations Shift Manager or designee | |||
shall report the following incidents to ONS Safety 5uty Person who will | |||
determine if additional people need to be notified. | |||
COMMENTS: | Determine that this step does not apply and NIA step 1 . I O | ||
STEP 20: | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 20: | |||
Step 1.11 | |||
Verif), the following notification in the event of a fatality or injuries to 3 or | |||
COMMENTS: | more people: | ||
STEP 21: | Determine that this step does not apply and N/A step I .I | ||
1 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 21: | |||
Step 1.12 | |||
Notify STA to make appropriate notifications of the transport of an | |||
COMMENTS: | employee to an off site medical facility. | ||
Notify the STA by phone or in person to make appropriate notifications of | |||
the transport of an employee to an off site medical facility. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
__II UNSAT | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 11 of 14 | |||
STEP 22: | STEP 22: | ||
Step 1.13 | |||
IF A death, near death, or major traumatic inju ry... | |||
COMMENTS: | Determine step does not apply and NIA Step 1 .I3 | ||
STANBARD: | |||
STEP 23: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 23: | |||
Step 1.14 | |||
The Operations Shifl Manager (OSM) or designee shall ensure | |||
notification of next of kin, if applicable. | |||
e | |||
STANBARD: | Fatality - Appropriate Division Manager performs notifications | ||
COMMENTS: | Injury requiring hospitalization - Employee's Supervisor or Manager | ||
STEP 24: | perform notification | ||
STANBARD: | |||
Inform the OSM to perform this step as required. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 24: | |||
Step 2.15 | |||
Submit completed Enclosure 4.1, (Medical Emergency Action -Routine | |||
COMMENTS: | Operations).to the Emergency Planning Section | ||
STOP TIME: | Indicate that form would be submitted to the Emergency Planning | ||
Section. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
__ | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
AdMin-402 fnl | |||
Page 12 of 14 | |||
Medical Emergency Phone Call Information Sheet | |||
1. Name person calling | 1. Name person calling | ||
John Adams | |||
2. Call back number | 2. Call back number | ||
2322 | |||
3. Name of injured person | 3. Name of injured person | ||
David Smith | |||
4. Supervisor of injured person | 4. Supervisor of injured person | ||
Allan Jones | |||
5. Location injury occurred | 5. Location injury occurred | ||
Unit 3 HPI Pump Room | |||
The injured is currently located in the clean side of Unit 3s change room (srd | |||
floor Aux Building). | |||
Injured is NOT contaminated | |||
The injured stood up to put on his hard hat and hit his head on a cable tray | |||
resulting in a laceration to tog of head. The wound is continuing to bleed. The | |||
injured is unconscious. | |||
6. Description of injury | |||
7. Time | 7. Time | ||
Current time | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 13 of 14 | |||
STEP # | |||
Explanation | |||
Need to select the correct procedure. | |||
Need the correct information to ensure proper actions are taken. | |||
1 | |||
2 | |||
3 | |||
4 | |||
Need to activate MERT. | |||
Need to determine a security event is not in progress so that MERT can be called. | |||
10 | |||
Ambulance has to be requested. | |||
14 | |||
MERT command should be notified so that the injured can be taken to the pickup | |||
point. | |||
Admin-402 fnl | |||
Page 14 of 14 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
1. You have answered a call on 491 1 (emergency line) reporting a medical emergency. | 1. You have answered a call on 491 1 (emergency line) reporting a medical emergency. | ||
2. The caller is still on the line. | 2. The caller is still on the line. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The SRO in the control room instructs you perform the required actions for a. medical | The SRO in the control room instructs you perform the required actions for a. medical | ||
emergency. | emergency. | ||
Admin-403 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 8 | |||
REGION II | |||
I N IT I AL L I C ENS E EXAM I NATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Ad rn i n -40 3 | |||
Dete rm i ne E merge n cy C lass if i cat ion and Protective | |||
Action Recommendations | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
Admin-403 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 8 | |||
REGION I1 | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
Determine Emergency Classification and Protective Action Recommendations | Determine Emergency Classification and Protective Action Recommendations | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
FacilitvJPM #: | FacilitvJPM #: | ||
s | s | ||
KIA Ratinnk): | KIA Ratinnk): | ||
Gen 2.4.38 | Gen 2.4.38 | ||
Task Standard: | 2.2/4.0 | ||
Appropriate classification is determined and associated Protective Action Recommendations are made | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | Appropriate classification is determined and associated Protective Action Recommendations are made | ||
Simulator | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Simulator | ||
RP/O/B/1000/01 | In-Plant | ||
RP/OlB/l000/02 | X | ||
BASIS Document (Volume A. Section D of the Emergency Plan) | References: | ||
Examiner: | RP/O/B/1000/01 | ||
RP/OlB/l000/02 | |||
BASIS Document (Volume A. Section D of the Emergency Plan) | |||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
Perform - | |||
Simulate 2 | |||
Examiner: | |||
I | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
Admin-403 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 8 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
NONE | |||
Admin-403 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 8 | |||
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: | Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: | ||
RPlOlB/lO00101 | RPlOlB/lO00101 | ||
RPIQIBIZ QOOlO2 | RPIQIBIZ QOOlO2 | ||
BASIS Document (Volume | BASIS Document (Volume A, Section D of the Emergency Plan) | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT: | DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. S will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. S will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
8800: Civil demonstration occurring at the World of Energy by anti-nuke activists. | 8800: Civil demonstration occurring at the World of Energy by anti-nuke activists. | ||
0900: Security reports to the OSM that, one or more persons has been observed cutting their | 0900: Security reports to the OSM that, one or more persons has been observed cutting their | ||
way through the double security fences. RP/Q/B/1000l007 (Security Event) is being | |||
used in conjunction with the Emergency Plan. | |||
0905: intruders have been seen entering the SSF. Security has isolated the area around the | 0905: intruders have been seen entering the SSF. Security has isolated the area around the | ||
SSF. | |||
0910: Security reports that an explosion has occurred on the Keowee Barn and that water is | 0910: Security reports that an explosion has occurred on the Keowee Barn and that water is | ||
beginning to leak through the dam in several places. | |||
0930: Security reports that no additional bombs were found and that no additional intruders | 0930: Security reports that no additional bombs were found and that no additional intruders | ||
have been located. | |||
NOTE: All three Oconee Units remain in MODE 1 at 100% power during this event. | NOTE: All three Oconee Units remain in MODE 1 at 100% power during this event. | ||
INITIATING CUE: | INITIATING CUE: | ||
You are to perform the required actions of the Emergency Coordinator by referring lo | You are to perform the required actions of the Emergency Coordinator by referring lo | ||
RP/Q/ | RP/Q/BI1 QOO/OI, Emergency Classification and determining the emergency classification and | ||
any Protective Action Recommendations. | any Protective Action Recommendations. | ||
Admin-403 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 8 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Classify the Event | |||
Refer to RP/O/B/lOOO/Ol (Emergency Classification) Enclosure 4.6 | |||
(FireslExplosions and Security Actions. | |||
Classify the event as a "Site Area Emergency" due to following: | |||
Bomb detonated in Keowee Dam | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Determine Protective Action Recommendations | |||
Refer to RP/O/B/1OOO/OO2 (Control Room Emergency Coordinator | |||
Procedure) and GO TO Enclosure 4.2 (Site Emergency) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS | |||
IF It has been determined that an Emergency Action bevel for an | |||
Initiating Conditions has been met, | |||
THEN Declare a Site Area Emergency | |||
Time of Declaration: - | |||
Determine Initiating Conditions have been met and Declare a Site Area | |||
Emergency due to: | |||
e | |||
Determine Time of Declaration is pressnt time. | |||
Bomb detonated in Keowee Dam | |||
OR | |||
Imminent /actual failure of the Keowee Hydro dam | |||
CRITICAL s' | |||
__ SAT | |||
__ UNSAl | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSA' | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSA- | |||
Admin-403 hi | |||
Page 6 of 8 | |||
Appoint a person to maintzin the Emergency Coordinator Log OR | |||
maintain the log yourself. | |||
A person is appointed to maintain the Emergency Coordinator Log or | |||
indicate that you will maintain the log. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: Masked, indicate someone is maintaining the Emergency Coordinator Log. | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
Appoint Control Room Offsite Communicator(s). | |||
A Control Room Offsite Communicator is appointed. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: If asked, indicate a Control Room Offsite Communicator has been appointed. | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP: | |||
STANDARD : | |||
Provide the Protective Action Recommendations from Enclosure 4.7. | |||
(Condition A I Condition B Response Action). Step 1 .O, for use by the | |||
Offsite Communicator if a Condition A, Imminent or Actual Dam Failure, | |||
exists. | |||
Enclosure 4.7, (Condition A I Condition B Response Action) is used to | |||
determine that the following protective action recommendations are given | |||
to Oconee and Pickens County: | |||
1, Provide the following recommendation for Emergency Notification | |||
Form Section 15 (B) | |||
Evacuate: | |||
Move residents living downstream of the Keowee Hydro | |||
Project dams to higher ground. | |||
2. Provide the following recornmendation for Emergency Notification | |||
Form Section 15 (El) Other: | |||
Prohibit traffic flow across bridges identified on your | |||
inundation maps until the danger has passed. | |||
Cue: If asked, inform the candidate that Keowee Dam failure is imminent | |||
'IME STOP: | COMMENTS: | ||
END OF TASK | |||
'IME STOP: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
Admin-403 fnl | |||
Page 7 of a | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
The candidate needs to be able to utilize the procedure and determine that a Site | |||
Area Emergency needs to be declared. | |||
The candidate must be abk? to make recommendations to the local agencies as to | |||
what actions are necessary to protect the health and safety of the public. | |||
I | |||
6 | |||
Admin-403 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 8 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
I INITIAL CONDITIONS: | I INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
0800: Civil demonstration occurring at the World of Energy by anti-nuke activists. | 0800: Civil demonstration occurring at the World of Energy by anti-nuke activists. | ||
0900: Security reports to the QSM that, one or more persons has been observed cutting their | 0900: Security reports to the QSM that, one or more persons has been observed cutting their | ||
way through the double security fences. RP/O/B/1000/087 (Security Event) is being | |||
used in conjunction with the Emergency Plan. | |||
0905: Intruders have been seen entering the SSF. Security has isolated the area around the | 0905: Intruders have been seen entering the SSF. Security has isolated the area around the | ||
SSF. | |||
091 0: Security reports that an explosion has occurred on the K ~ O W W | |||
Dam and that water is | |||
0930: Security reports that no additional bombs were found and that no additional intruders | beginning to leak through the dam in several places. | ||
0930: Security reports that no additional bombs were found and that no additional intruders | |||
NOTE: All three Oconee Units remain in MODE 1 at 100% power during this event. | have been located. | ||
INITIATING CUE: | NOTE: All three Oconee Units remain in MODE 1 at 100% power during this event. | ||
YOU are to perform the required actions of the Emergency Coordinator by referring to | INITIATING CUE: | ||
RP/O/B/'l OOOlOI , Emergency Classification and detWmiRing the emergency classification and | YOU are to perform the required actions of the Emergency Coordinator by referring to | ||
any Protective Action Recommendations. | RP/O/B/'l OOOlOI , Emergency Classification and detWmiRing the emergency classification and | ||
any Protective Action Recommendations. | |||
CRO-12A fnl | |||
Page 1 of 11 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRO-Ol2A | |||
RECOVER A DROPPED CONTROL ROD | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAM IN ER | |||
CRO-12A fnl | |||
Page2of11 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
RECOVER A DROPPED CONTROL ROD | RECOVER A DROPPED CONTROL ROD | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facilitv JPM # | Facilitv JPM # | ||
WA Ratinats): | WA Ratinats): | ||
System: APE 005 | System: APE 005 | ||
KIA: | KIA: | ||
Rating: 3.5/4.4 | AA2.03 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: 3.5/4.4 | ||
Unit is tripped manually upon receipt of second dropped rod | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | Unit is tripped manually upon receipt of second dropped rod | ||
Simulator | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Simulator | ||
APIIIAII 700/15 ( | InPlant __ | ||
References: | |||
T.S. 3.1 4 | APIIIAII 700/15 (1 0110102) | ||
OMP 1-18 | OQIQINI 105/09 (1 1/21/02) | ||
Candidate: | T.S. 3.1 4 | ||
OMP 1-18 | |||
Performance Rating: SAT- | Preferred Evaluation Method: | ||
Perform X Simulate - | |||
Candidate: | |||
Time Start: | |||
NAME | |||
Time Finish: | |||
Performance Rating: SAT- | |||
UNSAT - | |||
Performance Time _I_ | |||
CRO-12A fnl | |||
Page 3 of 1 I | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
I.Recall Snap 206 | I. | ||
2. Import files for CRQ-128 | Recall Snap 206 | ||
3. GotoRUN | 2. Import files for CRQ-128 | ||
3. GotoRUN | |||
CRO-12A fnl | |||
Page 4 of 11 | |||
Too~s/~quipmentl8rocedures | Too~s/~quipmentl8rocedures | ||
Needed: | |||
Enclosure 5.3 of APlOlI (Recovery From Loss of Power) | |||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | |||
steps shali be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | steps shali be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
Unit #I | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
55%. | Unit #I | ||
The Subsequent Actions of AP/15, DROPPED CONTROL RODS, have been completed | dropped a control rod in Group 6 approximately one hour ago and the unit is stable at | ||
through step 4.9. | 55%. | ||
Shutdown Margin calculation has been run to verify that an adequate SBM exists. | The Subsequent Actions of AP/15, DROPPED CONTROL RODS, have been completed | ||
Systems Duty Engineer has been notified and no special maneuvering instructions are | through step 4.9. | ||
required, | Shutdown Margin calculation has been run to verify that an adequate SBM exists. | ||
Enclosure 4.10 of OP/O/A/I 105/09 has been completed up tu step 2.0. | Systems Duty Engineer has been notified and no special maneuvering instructions are | ||
INITIATING CUE:: | required, | ||
The Control Room SRO informs you that the problem has been corrected and that recovery of | Enclosure 4.10 of OP/O/A/I 105/09 has been completed up tu step 2.0. | ||
the dropped rod can now begin. | INITIATING CUE:: | ||
The Control Room SRO informs you that the problem has been corrected and that recovery of | |||
the dropped rod can now begin. | |||
CR0-12A fnl | |||
Page 5 of 11 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 2.1 | |||
Take manual control of rods at the Diamond Control Station: | |||
Ensure the SG Master in HAND | |||
Ensure the Diamond Station in MANUAL | |||
The manual pushbutton for the SG Master handlauto station is | |||
depressed. The White Hand light comes ON and the Red Auto light -Jes | |||
OFF. | |||
The AUTOlMANUAL pushbutton on the Diamond Control Panel is | |||
depressed; the MANUAL half of the Push Button is back lighted. | |||
Location 1 UB1 | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 2.2 | |||
Ensure group with drcppedlrnisaligned rod selected on the Group Select | |||
Switch. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
GKOUP SELECT SWITCH on 1UB1 is located by the student and | |||
rotated to Group 6. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
m: | |||
Step 2.3 | |||
Ensure in SEQ OVERRIDE. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The SEQlSEQ OR pushbutton is located on the Diamond Control panel | |||
on 1UB1 and depressed. "SEB 08" is backlighted. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL ! | |||
_I SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSI | |||
CRITICAL I | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSP | |||
CRITICAL E | |||
__I SAT | |||
__ UNSP | |||
Step 2.4 | |||
Ensure JOG selected on Speed Selector. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The SPEED Selector is located by the student on the Diamond Control | |||
STANDARD: | panel on 1 UBI and rotated to the JOG position. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
Step 2.5 | |||
If Group is at the OUT LIMIT: | |||
Release LATCH switch. | |||
Depress and hold LATCH switch. | |||
Insert group for approximately 15 seconds or until the group OUT | |||
LIMIT lamp on the Diamond Panel goes off. | |||
The IN LIMIT (LATCH) BYPASS pushbutton is located by the student and | |||
depressed and held while the INSERT/WITHDRAW joystick is used to | |||
insert Group 6 until the Group 6 But limit lamp, located on the Diamond | |||
Control Panel on 1 UBI, extinguishes. | |||
The LATCH pushbutton is then released and the INSERTMITHDRAW | |||
joystick returned to neutral. | |||
CRO-12 | |||
Page 6 ( | |||
CRlTlCAb STI | |||
~ | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STI | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
-6: | |||
Step 2.6 | |||
TRANSFER the droppedlmisaligned rod to the Auxiliary Power Supply: | |||
Ensure desired group selected on Group Select Switch. | |||
Ensure droppedimisaligned rod selected on Single Select Switch | |||
Ensure in SEQ OVERRIDE. | |||
Ensure in AUXILIARY. | |||
Verify Manual Transfer Sync light is lit before pressing clamp. | |||
Depress CLAMP. | |||
Depress selector for MANUAL TRANSFER switch until TRANSFER | |||
CONFIRM lamp and the CONTROL ON lamp on the PI panel light. | |||
Depress CLAMP RELEASE | |||
STANDARD: | |||
On the CRD Panel on 1 UB1: | |||
Verify Group Select Switch positioned to Group 6. | |||
SELECT droppedlmisaligned rod on the SINGLE SELECT SWITCH. | |||
VERIFY SEQ OR is backlit (Not Critical). | |||
Depresses GRQUWAUXIL pushbutton to make transfer to AUXIL. | |||
Verifies SYNC is backlit on MAN TRANSISYITU CF pushbutton (Not | |||
Critical) | |||
Depresses CLAMPCLAMP REL pushbutton to make transfer to CLAMP. | |||
CLAMP will be backlit. | |||
Depresses MAN TRANSISYITR CF pushbutton. TR CF will become | |||
backlit. White CONTROL ON lights will illuminate for the Dropped Rod | |||
on the Position Indication panel. | |||
Depresses CLAMPCLAMP REL pushbutton and verifies CLAMP REL is | |||
backlit. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRQ-12A fnl | |||
Page 7 of 11 | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
Step 2.7 | |||
Perform PI alignment on the droppedlmisaligned rod as follows: | |||
Release LATCH switch | |||
Depress and hold LATCH switch and use the INSEWTFAITHDRAW | |||
joystick to insert rod for 15 seconds. Release the LATCH switch. | |||
Depress and hold LATCH switch. | |||
Insert rod for 15 seconds. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS | |||
Step 2.8 | |||
Perform PI alignment on droppedhnisaligned rod as follows: | |||
Compare absolute and relative readings on the PI panel | |||
Use PI reset raisellower switch to match absolute and relative | |||
readings. | |||
Absolute and relative indications on the PI panel, on 1 UBI, are compared | |||
using toggle switch to make comparison. | |||
RPI is selected with the select toggle switch. The POSITION RESET | |||
WISEILOWER toggle switch is then placed in the lower position and RPI | |||
indication is matched to API position. | |||
When matched the aAlSElLOWER toggle is released to neutral. | |||
The select toggle switch is returned to the API position. | |||
CRO-12A fnl | |||
Page8of11 | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-12A fnl | |||
Page 9 of 11 | |||
STEQ: | |||
Step 2.9 | |||
Ensure RUN selected on Speed Selector | |||
STANDARD: | |||
SPEED SELECTOR is located by the student on 1UB1 and rotated to the | |||
run position. | |||
NOTE: Instructor in Booth: at this time fire timer to drop second control rod. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEQ I O : | |||
STANDARB: | |||
Manually trip the reactor | |||
The student recognizes the second control rod inserting and manually | |||
trips the reactor by depressing the Reactor Trip pushbutton and verifies | |||
that the reactor is shutdovdn. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STOP TIME: | END TASK | ||
_I SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRlTlCAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNS T | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
CRQ-12A fnl | |||
Page 10of 11 | |||
STEP # | |||
Explanation | |||
1 | |||
2 | |||
3 | |||
4 | |||
5 | |||
6 | |||
10 | |||
Step is necessary for the operator to select the single rod and not move the plant | |||
around due to power excursions. | |||
Step is necessary to instruct the rod logic as to which group the rod is in that the | |||
operator wants to recover. | |||
Step is necessary to allow the operator to withdraw the dropped rod. | |||
Jog is necessary because the roods will not latch with the selector switch in RUN | |||
The latching of the group to clear the out limit is necessary so that the individual rod | |||
can be withdrawn. | |||
Necessary to place the dropped rod on the auxiliary power supply for withdrawal while | |||
leaving the group on the group power supply. | |||
Necessary because the second dropped FOCI | |||
places the unit in an unanalyzed | |||
condition and this is a direction, which is given by OMP 1-58. | |||
CRO-12A fnl | |||
Page 11 of 11 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON CQMPLETIOM OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Unit #I dropped a control rod in Group 6 approximately one hour ago and the unit is stable at | Unit #I | ||
55%. | dropped a control rod in Group 6 approximately one hour ago and the unit is stable at | ||
The Subsequent Actions of AP/I/A/I | 55%. | ||
completed through step 4.9. | The Subsequent Actions of AP/I/A/I 70011 5, DROPPED CONTROL RODS, have been | ||
Shutdown Margin calculation has been run to verify that an adequate SDM exists. | completed through step 4.9. | ||
Systems Duty Engineer has been notified and no special maneuvering instructions are | Shutdown Margin calculation has been run to verify that an adequate SDM exists. | ||
required. | Systems Duty Engineer has been notified and no special maneuvering instructions are | ||
Enclosure 4.10 of OP/O/A/1105/09 has been completed up to step 2.0. | required. | ||
INITIATING CUE: | Enclosure 4.10 of OP/O/A/1105/09 has been completed up to step 2.0. | ||
The Control Room SRO informs you that the problem has been corrected and that rec~ | INITIATING CUE: | ||
the dropped rod can now begin. | The Control Room SRO informs you that the problem has been corrected and that rec~vsry of | ||
the dropped rod can now begin. | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 16 | |||
REGION II | |||
IN lTlAL LICENSE EXAM I NATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRO-015 | |||
ESTABLISH EFDW FLOW THROUGH STARTUP | |||
VALVES | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
CRO-015 fni | |||
Page 2 of 16 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
ESTABLISH EFDW FLOW THROUGH STARTUP VALVES. | ESTABLISH EFDW FLOW THROUGH STARTUP VALVES. | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
N | N | ||
Facilitv JPM #: | Facilitv JPM #: | ||
KIA Ratinds): | KIA Ratinds): | ||
System: APE-054 | System: APE-054 | ||
KIA: | KIA: | ||
Rating: 4.2/4.3 | AA204 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: 4.2/4.3 | ||
EFDW flow IS established to the affected header through the startup valve | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | EFDW flow IS established to the affected header through the startup valve | ||
Simulator | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Simulator | ||
EOP Rule 3,(boss of Main or Emergency FDW) | in-Piant - | ||
EOP Rule 7 , (SG Feed Control) | References: | ||
EOP Enclosure 5.27, (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow) | EOP Rule 3, (boss of Main or Emergency FDW) | ||
Candidate: | EOP Rule 7, (SG Feed Control) | ||
EOP Enclosure 5.27, (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow) | |||
Performance Rating: SAT -UNSAT | Preferred Evaluation Method: | ||
Examiner: | Perform X | ||
Simulate - | |||
Candidate: | |||
Time Start: | |||
NAME | |||
Time Finish: | |||
Performance Time - | |||
Performance Rating: SAT - | |||
UNSAT - | |||
Examiner: | |||
I | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 16 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
1. Recall Snap 209 | 1. Recall Snap 209 | ||
2. Import files for CRO-015 | 2. Import files for CRO-015 | ||
3. GotoRUN | 3. GotoRUN | ||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 16 | |||
TooIslEquipmenff Procedures Needed: | TooIslEquipmenff Procedures Needed: | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when YOU understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when YOU understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
The reactor has tripped | The reactor has tripped | ||
Main feedwater is lost | Main feedwater is lost | ||
NQ increase in Reactor Building pressure is occurring and all KCPs are running | NQ increase in Reactor Building pressure is occurring and all KCPs are running | ||
Subsequent Actions are complete | Subsequent Actions are complete | ||
Kule 3 is complete up to Step 29. | Kule 3 is complete up to Step 29. | ||
1 FDW-32 5 is determined to be failed closed. | |||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The SRO directs you to initiate Enclosure 5.27, Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow | The SRO directs you to initiate Enclosure 5.27, Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow | ||
and establish 200 gpm EFBW flow to the 1A SG. | and establish 200 gpm EFBW flow to the 1A SG. | ||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 16 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Step 1 | |||
Verify EFDW is being supplied by an alternate unit. | |||
RNO | |||
GO TO Step 7 | |||
Determine EFDW is not being supplied from another unit. | |||
Perform RMO step and GO TO Step 7 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
CUE: EFDWis NOT being supplied by an alternate unit | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 7 | |||
Stop MD EFWP in a | |||
headers with malfunctioning EFDW control valve. | |||
Observes 1A steam generator level decreasing below setpoint on the SG | |||
EXTENDED SU RANGE LEVEL meters (1 UB1) or OAC screens. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
andlor | |||
Observes zero flow indicated to the 1A steam generator on the TOTAL | |||
EFDW FLOW meters: on 1 UBI. | |||
Based on these indications. candidate determines that 18 steam | |||
generator EFDW header is the affected header. | |||
Control switch for the l A MD EFWP is rotated to the OFF position. | |||
Continue to Step 8 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 8 | |||
Place TD EFDWP in PULL TO LOCK. | |||
The TI3 EFDWP switch is placed in the LOCKOUT position. | |||
Continue to Step 9 | |||
STANBARB: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
_I UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
_I SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
__ SAP | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 16 | |||
Step 9 | |||
Place controllers for the following in HAND and set demand to 0% in | |||
affected headers: | |||
Candidate locates 1 FDW-35 on 1 UBI and the Bailey control station is | |||
piaced in Hand by depressing the white HAND pushbutton, and observing | |||
the white HAND light ON. Valve position demand is reduced to 0 using | |||
the toggle switch to close the valve. | |||
Continue to Step 10 | |||
IFDW-35 (IA STARTUP FDW Control) | |||
NOTE: Candidate should perform all actions for 1A header because it is the header | STANDARD: | ||
NOTE: Candidate should perform all actions for 1A header because it is the header | |||
COMMENTS: | with the failed valve. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 10 | |||
Place control switch for the following in CLOSE in all affected headers: | |||
IFDW-33 (IASU FDW Block) | |||
IFDW-372 (la MDEFWP DISCH BLOCK) | |||
Candidate Locates IFDW-33 control switch on 1UB1 and rotates to the | |||
CLOSE position, observing the green CLOSE light ON and red OPEN | |||
light OFF. (NOT CRITICAL IF IFDW-35 IS CLOSED) | |||
Locates IFDW-372 Control Switch on 1UB1 and rotates to the CLOSE | |||
position, observing the green CLOSE light ON and the red OPEN light | |||
OFF. | |||
Continue to Step 11 | |||
CRlTlCAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
_II SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 16 | |||
Step 11 | |||
Place control switch for the following in OPEN in all affected headers: | |||
* | |||
STANDARD: | IFDW-374 (MD EFDWP I A DISCH TO SG A) | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Candidate locates IFDW-374 on lUBl and the red OPEN pushbutton is | |||
COMMENTS: | depressed, the red OPEN indication is observed to be ON. | ||
Continue to Step 12 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 12 | |||
STANDARD: Candidate locates 1FDW-36 on 1VB3 places control switch in the | Place control switch for the following in CLOSE in all affected headers: | ||
m | |||
IFDW-36 (IASG NORM SU FDW HDR) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | Candidate locates 1FDW-36 on 1VB3 places control switch in the | ||
m: | CLOSE position and the green CLOSE indication is observed to be | ||
illuminated; and the red OPEN indication is observed to be extinguished. | |||
Continue to Step 13 | |||
STANDARD: Candidate locates IFDW-38 on IVB3 places control switch in the OPEN | COMMENTS: | ||
m: | |||
Step 13 | |||
Place control switch for the following in OPEN in all affected headers: | |||
COMMENTS: | * | ||
IFDW-38 (IA SG EFDW Header) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Candidate locates IFDW-38 on IVB3 places control switch in the OPEN | |||
position and the red OPEN indication is observed to be illuminated and | |||
the green CLOSE indication is observed to be extinguished. | |||
Continue to Step 14 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
I | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 16 | |||
Step 14 | |||
Verify 1FBW-315 failed | |||
STANDARD: | |||
STANDARD: | h4anual Loader Knob is turned counter-clockwise to OPEN valve, on | ||
1UB1. | |||
Candidate recognizes that 1 FDW-315 is NOT responding to manual | |||
control. | |||
Continue to Step 15 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
COMMENTS: | STEP IO: | ||
STEP | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 15 | |||
Verify I | |||
the following: | |||
e | |||
1 FDW-38 open | |||
1FDW-36 closed | |||
IFDW-35 closed | |||
IFDW-33 closed | |||
Candidate locates 1FDW-38 on 1V53 and the red OPEN indication is | |||
observed to be illuminated and the green CLOSE indication is observed | |||
to be extinguished. | |||
Candidate locates IFDW-36 on 1VB3 and the green CLOSE indication is | |||
observed to be illuminated; and the red OPEN indication is observed to | |||
be extinguished. | |||
Candidate locates 1 FDW-35 on 1 UBI and observes the Bailey control | |||
station position demand is zero. | |||
Candidate locates 1 FDW-33 control switch on 1 UBI and observes the | |||
green CLOSE light ON and red OPEN light OFF. | |||
Continue to Step 16 | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 16 | |||
STEP 11: | STEP 11: | ||
Step 16 | |||
Verify 1 FDW-372 closed | |||
STANDARD: Candidate locates IFDW-372 Control Switch on l U B i and observes the | STANDARD: | ||
Candidate locates IFDW-372 Control Switch on l U B i and observes the | |||
green CLOSE light ON arid the red OPEN light OFF. | |||
Continue to Step 17 | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 12: | STEP 12: | ||
Step 17 | |||
Verify both of the following: | |||
Verify 1 FDW-374 is open. | |||
STANDARD: Candidate locates IFDW-374 on 1UB1 and the red OPEN indication is | 0 | ||
Verify 1A MDEFDWP available. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Candidate locates IFDW-374 on 1UB1 and the red OPEN indication is | |||
observed to be ON. | |||
1A MD EFDWP control switch green OFF light is verified illuminated. | |||
CQMMENTS: | This pump was secured by the candidate in a previous step. | ||
STEP 13: | Continue to Step 18 | ||
CQMMENTS: | |||
STEP 13: | |||
Step 18 | |||
COMMENTS: | GO TO Step 22 | ||
Candidate goes to Step 22. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
I | |||
UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAP | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 16 | |||
STEP 14: | STEP 14: | ||
Step 22 | |||
Verify IFDW-316 failed | |||
RNO | |||
STANDARD: Candidate verifies IFDW-316 is controlling SG level @ | GO TO Step 30. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Candidate verifies IFDW-316 is controlling SG level @ --j 30%. | |||
Manual Loader Knob is turned counter-clockwise to OPEN valve, on | |||
1UB1. Recognizes that IFBW-316 & responding to manual control. | |||
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 30. | |||
COMMENTS: | or | ||
STEP 15: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 15: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 30 | |||
Verify AFlS actuation has occurred (either Statalarm on): | |||
RNO | |||
GO TO Step 34. | |||
Candidate observes indicated Statalarms and verifies that they are NOT | |||
illuminated. Perform RNO and GO TO Step 34. | |||
AFlS HEADER A INITIATED (1SA-2/C-8) | |||
AFIS HEADER E3 INITIATED (ISA-2/B-8) | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
i__ UNSAT | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 11 of 16 | |||
STEP 16: | STEP 16: | ||
Step 34 | |||
Verify an operator has been sent to locally position any FDW valvi | |||
IFDW-94 | |||
IFDW-315 | |||
RNO | |||
GO TO Step 36. | |||
STANDARD: | STANDARD: | ||
Determine that an operator has NOT been sent to locally position | |||
FDW valve. | |||
CUE: No operators have been dispatched to locally operate any valves. | Perform RNO and GO TO Step 36. | ||
COMMENTS: | CUE: No operators have been dispatched to locally operate any valves. | ||
STEP 17: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 17: | |||
Step 36 | |||
Verify 1 FDW-315 failed open. | |||
RNO | |||
If lineup to feed through 1A SIU Control Valve was successful. | |||
THEN GO TO Step 37. | |||
Candidate should determine that the Manual Loader on 1 UBI indi | |||
0% and 1 FDW-315 has failed dosed. | |||
Green CLOSED light is ON. | |||
Perform RNO step 2., 1A SIU control valve linsup has been SUCCE | |||
CQMMENTS: | THEN GO TO Step 37 | ||
STEP 18: | STANDARD: | ||
Of | |||
CQMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: | STEP 18: | ||
Step 37 | |||
Verifv an operator has been sent to locally open IFDW-94. | |||
CUE: No operators have been dispatched to locally operate any valves. | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | Determine an operator has NOT been sent to locally open 1 FDW. | ||
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 40 | |||
CUE: No operators have been dispatched to locally operate any valves. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
_I SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
I_ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 12 of 16 | |||
STEP 39: | STEP 39: | ||
Step 40 | |||
Start 1A MB EFDWP. | |||
The 1A MD EFDWP control switch is rotated clockwise to the RUN | |||
position and the red RUN light is verified ON. | |||
Contjnue to Step 41 | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
STEP 20: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 20: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 41 | |||
Verify IFDW-316 failed open | |||
Verifies IFDW-316 is controlling SG level @ r% 30%. | |||
O I | |||
Manual Loader Knob is turned counter-clockwise to OPEN valve, on | |||
1 UBI. | |||
STEP 21: | Student recognizes that 1 FDW-316 &responding to manual control. | ||
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 46. | |||
STEP 21: | |||
STANDARD: | Step 46 | ||
Verify HPI forced cooling is in progress. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
CUE: HPI forced cooling is NOT in progress. | Determine that HPI Forced Cooling is NOT in progress | ||
COMMENTS: | Perform RNO and GO TO Step 48. | ||
CUE: HPI forced cooling is NOT in progress. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 13 of 16 | |||
STEP 22: | STEP 22: | ||
Step 48 | |||
Verify LOHT tab is NOT in progress | |||
Determine LQHT is NOT in progress. | |||
Perform RMO and GO TO Step 51. | |||
CUE: LOHT tab is NOT in progress. | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | CUE: LOHT tab is NOT in progress. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
Verify 1 FDW-315 failed. | |||
Manual Loader on 1 UBI indicates 0% 1 FDW-315 has failed closed. | |||
Green CLOSED light is ON. | |||
Continue to Step 52 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | or | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
Verify one of the following: | |||
Lineup to feed through l A SIU Control Valve was successful | |||
STANDARD: | Operator sent to locally throttle 1FDW-315 | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine that Lineup to feed through 1A SIU Control Valve was | |||
CUE: 1A s/u control valve lineup has been successfurrl. | successful. | ||
COMMENTS: | Continue to Step 53 | ||
CUE: 1A s/u control valve lineup has been successfurrl. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
STEP 25: | |||
Step 53 | |||
Verify an operator has been sent to locally control 1 FBW-315. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
STANDARD: | Determine that an operator has NOT been sent to locally control IFDW- | ||
315. | |||
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 56 | |||
CUE: NO operators have been dispatched to localjy operate any valves. | CUE: NO operators have been dispatched to localjy operate any valves. | ||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
.. | |||
.-- | |||
. | |||
NOTE | |||
FIQW from the TDEFDWP through a SIU control valve should be reads on the FDW | |||
SU FLOW gauge. | |||
Flow from the MDEFDWP through a SIU control valve should be read on the | |||
MDEFDWP DlSCH FLOW gauge. | |||
* | |||
STEP 26: | .... | ||
... .. | |||
.._.. | |||
STEP 26: | |||
Step 56 | |||
Throttle 1 FDW-35 S/U to obtain desired flow rate and/or SG level per | |||
Rule 7 (SG Feed Control). | |||
Manually throttle 4 FBW-35 on 1 UBI. The raise/lower toggle switch is | |||
pushed up to increase the valve position demand signal to throttle open | |||
the valve. Flow is maintained within allowable limits. If flow exceeds | |||
pump runout limits, action must be taken to reduce flow to within limits | |||
NOTE: When flow has been established and level is increasing in the ? | prior to completing the task. | ||
JPM is complete. | When feeding through the S/U Control Valves with the MDEFW Pumps, | ||
CQMMENTS: | the MBEFOWP RISCH FLOW gauge should be used to verify flow within | ||
STOP TIME: | limits. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
NOTE: When flow has been established and level is increasing in the ?A SG, the | |||
JPM is complete. | |||
CQMMENTS: | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 14of 16 | |||
I | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
~ | |||
UNSAT | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 15 of 16 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
2 & 3 | |||
Necessary because the MD EFWP in the affected header needs to be sewred so | |||
that the header can be isolated and valves repositioned. Step is necessary because | |||
the TD EFWP needs to be secured so that the header can be isolated and valves | |||
repositioned. | |||
4 & 5 | |||
Necessary to prevent the EFDW flow, which is meant for 1A SG from getting to other | |||
portions of the system. | |||
6 | |||
Aligns the emergency feed water to the 1A SG through the startup valves. | |||
19 | |||
Restarts the MD EFDWP, which was stopped to reduce the DIP for the closure of | |||
valves to isolate the affected header. | |||
26 | |||
Actually establishes flow to the 1A SG to establish required S6 levels. | |||
CRO-015 fnl | |||
Page 16 of 16 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO B RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
The reactor has tripped | The reactor has tripped | ||
Main feedwater is lost | Main feedwater is lost | ||
No increase in Reactor Building pressure is occurring and all RCPs are running | No increase in Reactor Building pressure is occurring and all RCPs are running | ||
Subsequent Actions are complete | Subsequent Actions are complete | ||
Rule 3 is complete up to Step 29. | Rule 3 is complete up to Step 29. | ||
IFDW-325 is determined to be failed closed. | IFDW-325 is determined to be failed closed. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The SR6 directs you to initiate Enclosure 5.27, Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow | The SR6 directs you to initiate Enclosure 5.27, Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow | ||
and establish 200 gpm EFDW flow to the 1A SG. | and establish 200 gpm EFDW flow to the 1A SG. | ||
CRO-053 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 8 | |||
REGION II | |||
IN ITlAL LICENSE EXAM IN AT ION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRO-053 | |||
BYPASS COOLANT PUMP STARTING INTERLOCKS | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
CRO-053 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 8 | |||
REGION II | |||
lNlTlAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Tirsk: | Tirsk: | ||
BYPASS COOLANT BUMP STARTING INTERLOCKS | BYPASS COOLANT BUMP STARTING INTERLOCKS | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facilitv JPM #: | Facilitv JPM #: | ||
KIA Ratinds): | KIA Ratinds): | ||
System: EPE-074 | System: EPE-074 | ||
WA: | WA: | ||
Rating: | A3.04 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: | ||
Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks are correctly bypassed | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks are correctly bypassed | ||
Simulator _s | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
Simulator _s In-Plant | |||
X | |||
References: | |||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
Perform - | |||
Simulate _X___ | |||
Examiner: | |||
I | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
CRO-053 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 8 | |||
SIMULATOR OPEFUTBR INSTRUCTIONS: | SIMULATOR OPEFUTBR INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
NONE | |||
CRO-853 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 8 | |||
TooIslE~uipmen~Procedures | TooIslE~uipmen~Procedures | ||
Needed: | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | READ TO OPERATOR | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
An accident has occurred on Unit 3 in which the EQP is being used. | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
All RCPs are off and full HPI has been initiated. | An accident has occurred on Unit 3 in which the EQP is being used. | ||
Inadequate core cooling exists with Core Exit Thermocouples > 780°F but | All RCPs are off and full HPI has been initiated. | ||
decreasing. | Inadequate core cooling exists with Core Exit Thermocouples > 780°F but | ||
INITIATING CUE: | decreasing. | ||
The Procedure Director directs you to bypass Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks per | INITIATING CUE: | ||
Enclosure 5.14, "Jumpe~Contacts for RCP Starting interlocks" of the EO$. | The Procedure Director directs you to bypass Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks per | ||
Enclosure 5.14, "Jumpe~ Contacts for RCP Starting interlocks" of the EO$. | |||
1200°F and not | |||
CRO-053 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 8 | |||
START TIME: | |||
Obtain Reactor Coolant Pump Motor starting interlock jumper cables for | |||
affected unit(§), per Endosure 5.14 of EP/1,2,or 3/A11800/01 Emergency | |||
Operating Procedure. | |||
Jumper cables are obtained from the key locker located in the Work | |||
Control Center. | |||
~ | |||
~ | |||
' STANDARD: | |||
NOTE: Jumper cables for unit #1 | |||
locker. Ensure correct set of jumper cables are identified and obtained. | |||
CUE: After correct jumpers have been located, inform student that he may leave | |||
jumpers in the key locker. | |||
unit #2 RCPs are located in the same key | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: | |||
LOCATE Termin81 Cabinet MTC3 for the affected unit(s) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Terminal Cabinet MTC3 is correctly located: | |||
3MTC3 is located in Unit #3 Cable Room near south Cable Room door. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
I_ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
a: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
BYPASS the Reactor Coolant Pump Motor starting interlocks on the | |||
affected unit(s), as listed on Enclosure 5.14 of EW 4/Nl800/01, | |||
Emergency Operating Procedure. | |||
Bcp Contacts | |||
A I | |||
A3PA to A305 | |||
82 | |||
B8PBto8805 | |||
B I | |||
A4PA to A405 | |||
E2 | |||
BSPB to B905 | |||
MTC3 cabinet door is opened and the following steps are performed for | |||
EACH Reactor Coolant Pump Motor: | |||
The first contact is located and identified on the terminal board | |||
One end of the jumper cable is simulated to be clipped to this contact. | |||
The second specified contact is located and identified on the terminal | |||
NOTE: End task when you have determined that student is proficient at identifying | board. | ||
RCB jumper contacts. | The other end of the jumper cable is simulated to be clipped to the | ||
COMMENTS: | second contact. | ||
NOTE: End task when you have determined that student is proficient at identifying | |||
RCB jumper contacts. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRO-053 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 8 | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRQ-053 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 8 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
1 | |||
Necessary because the cables must be obtained to jumper the interlocks. | |||
2 | |||
Necessary because the operator must locate the correct cabinet for the correct unit | |||
3 | |||
Necessary because the operator must be able to identify the correct contacts for each | |||
WCP or the interlocks will not be bypassed as required. | |||
CRO-053 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 8 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEEP | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXMIINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
An accident has occurred on Unit 3 in which the EQP is being used. | An accident has occurred on Unit 3 in which the EQP is being used. | ||
All WCPs are off and full HPI has been initiated. | All WCPs are off and full HPI has been initiated. | ||
Inadequate core cooling exists with Core Exit Thermocouples | Inadequate core cooling exists with Core Exit Thermocouples | ||
decreasing. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
The Procedure Director directs you to bypass Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks per | 700°F but c 1200°F and not | ||
Enclosure 5.14?"Jumper Contacts for WCP Starting interlocks" of the EOQ. | The Procedure Director directs you to bypass Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks per | ||
Enclosure 5.14? "Jumper Contacts for WCP Starting interlocks" of the EOQ. | |||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page I of 11 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRO-060 | |||
PERFORM REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR A TURBINE | |||
BUILDING FLOOD | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 11 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
PERFORM REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR A TURBINE BUILDING FLOOD | PERFORM REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR A TURBINE BUILDING FLOOD | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facilitv JPM #: | Facilitv JPM #: | ||
KIA Ratinds): | KIA Ratinds): | ||
System: APE BW/A07 | System: APE BW/A07 | ||
K/A: | K/A: | ||
Rating: | AA1.3 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | Task Standard: | ||
Simulator | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Simulator | ||
APllO, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine Building | In-Plant __ | ||
Candidate: | References: | ||
APllO, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine Building | |||
PerformanCeg | Preferred Evaluation Method: | ||
Perform | |||
Simulate - | |||
Candidate: | |||
Time Start: | |||
NAME | |||
Time Finish: | |||
PerformanCeg SAT- | |||
UNSAT - | |||
Performance Time - | |||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 11 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
1. Recall Snap 212 | 1. Recall Snap 212 | ||
2. Import files for CRO-060 | 2. Import files for CRO-060 | ||
3. GotoWUN | 3. GotoWUN | ||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 11 | |||
TQosslEquipmentlPrQcedures Needed: | TQosslEquipmentlPrQcedures Needed: | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I wiil explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I wiil explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Unit 1 was operating at 108% power with no known problems. | Unit 1 was operating at 108% power with no known problems. | ||
Unit 2 is in cold shutdown. | Unit 2 is in cold shutdown. | ||
The 2A1 condenser inlet expansion joint has ruptured and Turbine Building Basement water | The 2A1 condenser inlet expansion joint has ruptured and Turbine Building Basement water | ||
level is rising. | level is rising. | ||
Unit 1 has been tripped and the EOP is being completed by other team members. | Unit 1 has been tripped and the EOP is being completed by other team members. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Control Room §a0 directs you to refer to APIIO, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine | The Control Room §a0 directs you to refer to APIIO, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine | ||
Building, and peldorm required actions. | Building, and peldorm required actions. | ||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 11 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
STEP: | |||
Step 4 | |||
Ensure Rx is tripped | |||
Determine RX has tripped by observing all control rods inserted and | |||
power is < 1 %. | |||
Continue to Step 2. | |||
STANDAKD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
.... | |||
....... | |||
NOTE | |||
Tripping the CCW pumps will cause loss of condenser vacuum which will result in TBVs | |||
. | |||
...... -. | |||
_.__ | |||
of the MFDWPs. | |||
-. | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 2 | |||
Ensure all CCW pumps are shutdown | |||
The IA, 1B. and I C CCW pump switches are rotated to the TRIP | |||
position. (located on 1AB3) | |||
Continue to Step 3. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 3 | |||
Press both of the following on the TURB BLDG FLOOD MER CLOSING | |||
ALL CCWP DISCH VALVES control switch: | |||
CLOSE1 | |||
CLOSE2 | |||
"CLOSE 1" and "CLOSE 2" on the TURB BLDG FLOOD MER | |||
CLOSING ALL CCWP BlSCH VALVES control switch are both | |||
depressed. (located on IAB3) | |||
Continue to Step 4 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
....... | |||
..... | |||
L | |||
...... | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
SAT | |||
___ UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 11 | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 4 | |||
Verify all CCW pump discharge valves are closed | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The green CLOSED lights for ICCW-IO, 11, 12 & 23 are verified | |||
illuminated and the red OPEN lights for the same valves are verified | |||
extinguished. (located on 1AE3) | |||
Continue to Step 5. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE | |||
I Field tasks.that may affect multiple units should be coordinated | |||
. with Unit 2 and Unit 3. | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 5 | |||
Dispatch operators to ensure all three flood doors are closed and in the | |||
SECURED position from the AB side (A-I, at Unit 1, 2, and 3 stairwell | |||
entrances to TB): (2) | |||
Unit 1 Flood Door | |||
Unit 2 Flood Door | |||
Unit 3 Flood Door | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Candidate should dispatch and NE0 to ensure all three flood doors are | |||
closed and in the SECURED position from the AB side. | |||
Continue to Step 6 | |||
Cue: An operator has been dispatched. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
-6: | |||
Step 6 | |||
Verify LPI decay heat removal is NOT in progress | |||
Determine LPI pumps are not operating by observing pumps switch | |||
indicaticns on 1 UB2. | |||
Continue to Step 7. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSP | |||
CRITICAL S | |||
___ SAT | |||
UNSP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSP | |||
CRO-OB0 fnl | |||
Page 7 of I 1 | |||
Step 7 | |||
Dispatch an operator to place the following waterbox discharge valve | |||
switches to HAND and CLOSE (T-3, East of condenser catwalk): | |||
1CCW-20 (IAI) | |||
ICCW-21 (1A2) | |||
0 | |||
ICCW-22 (IBI) | |||
. 16CW-24(1C1) | |||
1 CCW-23 (1 82) | |||
ICCW-25 (IC2) | |||
Nc - | |||
RD: | |||
Candidate should disp | |||
HAND and CLOSE. | |||
Cue: QperatQr has been dispatched. | Continue to Step 8 | ||
COMMENTS: | Cue: QperatQr has been dispatched. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
an opei tor to plac tt | |||
3b | |||
STANDARD: | valves to | ||
Step 8 | |||
Make a PA announcement of the event including restrictions on entry into | |||
COMMENTS: | TB basement due to electrical hazard. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
FA announcement is made using the Control Room phone | |||
Continue tu Step 9. | |||
STANDARD: | COMMENTS: | ||
Step 9 | |||
Cue: Operators have been dispatched. | Attempt to locate and isolate the suurce of the flooding | ||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
Dispatch operators to locate and isolate the source of the flooding | |||
Continue to Step I O . | |||
Cue: Operators have been dispatched. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 11 | |||
STEP IO: | STEP IO: | ||
Step 10 | |||
Ensure all Unit 1 ESV pumps are shutdown: | |||
e | |||
IAESVPump | |||
1CESVPump | |||
STANDARD: | 1BESVPump | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Stop ALL Unit 1 ESV pumps by rotating their pumps switches to OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: | (located on 1AB3) | ||
STEP 11: | Continue to Step 11 | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 11: | |||
STANDARD: | Step 11 | ||
Verify all CCW pump discharge valves were suecessfully closed in earlier | |||
COMMENTS: | steps. | ||
STEP 12: | STANDARD: | ||
Continue to SteD 12 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 12: | |||
STANDARD: | Step 12 | ||
Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.1 (Isolation of SSW to CCW | |||
Pumps). | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: Operator is dispatched. | Candidate should dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.1 (Isolation of | ||
COMMENTS: | SSW to CCW Pumps). | ||
Continue to Step 13 | |||
Cue: Operator is dispatched. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page 9 of Z 1 | |||
STEP 53: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 13 | |||
IAAT HPSW is NOT available, | |||
THEN ensure End 5.31 (Temporarily Charging the HPSW System) of | |||
EP/l has been initiated. | |||
Determine that HPSW is available by observing the HPSW Jockey pump | |||
operating and level in the EWST. (located on 1AB3) | |||
Continue to Steo <4 | |||
STEP 14: | |||
Step 14 | |||
Notify a SRO to evaluate de-energizing electrical components in the | |||
flooded areas. | |||
-: | |||
Candidate should inform a SRO to evaluate de-energizing electrical | |||
components in the flooded areas. | |||
Cue: SRO will evaluate which electrical equipment to de-energize. | |||
STOP TIME: | COMMENTS: | ||
-- | |||
END TASK | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CWQ-060 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 11 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
2 | |||
Necessary to attempt to terminate the flooding and not contribute to the water level in | |||
the TB basement. | |||
3 | |||
Necessary to attempt to terminate the flooding and not contribute to the water level in | |||
the TB basement. | |||
Necessary to prevent the waters from the flooding from entering the Aux. Bldg., | |||
causing more problems and the spread of contamination, | |||
5 | |||
CRO-060 fnl | |||
Page 12 of 11 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Unit 1 was operating at 100% power with no known problems. | Unit 1 was operating at 100% power with no known problems. | ||
Unit 2 is in cold shutdown. | Unit 2 is in cold shutdown. | ||
The 2/41 condenser inlet expansion joint has ruptured and Turbine Building Basement water | The 2/41 condenser inlet expansion joint has ruptured and Turbine Building Basement water | ||
level is rising. | level is rising. | ||
Unit 1 has been tripped and the EOP is being completed by other team members. | Unit 1 has been tripped and the EOP is being completed by other team members. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Control Room SRO directs you to refer to AW10, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine | The Control Room SRO directs you to refer to AW10, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine | ||
Building, and perform required actions. | Building, and perform required actions. | ||
CRO-067 fnl | |||
Page I of 13 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRO-067 | |||
Perform Required Actions far ES Actuation (> 3psig) | Perform Required Actions far ES Actuation (> 3psig) | ||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAM IN ER | |||
CRO-067 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 23 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
Perform Required Actions for ES Actuation (> 3psig) | Perform Required Actions for ES Actuation (> 3psig) | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facilitv JPM #: | Facilitv JPM #: | ||
c | c | ||
KIA Ratin&): | KIA Ratin&): | ||
UfA: | |||
E.41.13 | |||
Rating. | Rating. | ||
Task Standard: | Task Standard: | ||
Proper E$ conditions are verified using the appropriate procedures and re-start the 1A and 1B LPI pump | Proper E$ conditions are verified using the appropriate procedures and re-start the 1A and 1B LPI pump | ||
when required. | when required. | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location: | System: EPE-009 | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location: | |||
Simulator 2 | |||
EOP Enclosure 5.1, E§ ACTUATION | In-Piant __ | ||
Candidate: | References: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
Performance Rating: SAT -UNSAT | Perform X Simulate _. | ||
EOP Enclosure 5.1, E§ ACTUATION | |||
Candidate: | |||
Time Start: | |||
NAME | |||
Time Finish: | |||
Performance Rating: SAT - | |||
UNSAT | |||
~ | |||
Performance Time _I_ | |||
CRQ-067 fnl | |||
Page 3 of I 3 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
1. Recall Snap 207 | 1. Recall Snap 207 | ||
2. Import files for CRQ-(367 | 2. Import files for CRQ-(367 | ||
3. GotoRUN | 3. GotoRUN | ||
CRO-069 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 43 | |||
ToolslEquipment/Praceduses Needed: | ToolslEquipment/Praceduses Needed: | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Small Break LOCA is in progress. | Small Break LOCA is in progress. | ||
Rule 2 in progress | Rule 2 in progress | ||
RCS is saturated and KCPs are off. | RCS is saturated and KCPs are off. | ||
ES Channels I 6 have actuated. | ES Channels I | ||
~ 6 have actuated. | |||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Control Room SRO instructs you to perform EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation. | The Control Room SRO instructs you to perform EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation. | ||
CRO-067 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 13 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Step 1 | |||
Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on | |||
pressure and RB Dressure: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Actuation | |||
... | |||
10 | |||
Candidate should monitor the existing RCS Pressure, using valid | |||
pressure indication, ICCM Train A or B, OAC, RCS Pressure (NR), RCS | |||
Pressure (WR) on 1UB1 and 1UB2 to verify RB pressure is > 3 psig. | |||
Determines that ES Channels 1-6 should be actuated | |||
Continue to Step 2 | |||
-2: | |||
Step 2 | |||
Verify | |||
ES channels associated with actuation setpoint have actuated: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Ensure ES digital channels 1-6 are actuated by observing "Tripped" lights | |||
on 1UB1. | |||
Continue to Step 3 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
§AT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-067 fni | |||
Page 6 of 13 | |||
Step 3 | |||
IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded. | |||
THEN perform Steps 1 - 2. | |||
Continue to Step 4 | |||
IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded candidate perform | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Note: During the performance of thi5 JPM ES Channels 7 and 8 will actuate. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Steps 1 - 2. | |||
Step 4 | |||
Place HPI in manual control | |||
Note: During the performance of thi5 JPM ES Channels 7 and 8 will actuate. | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | Go to RZ modules on 1VB2 and select manual for the #PI components. | ||
Continue to Step 5 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 5 | |||
STANDARD: | Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete. | ||
Determine Rule 2 in progress by referring to the Initial Conditions. | |||
Continue to Step 6 | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
_I SAT | |||
_I_ UNSAT | |||
_I SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
~ | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-067 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 13 | |||
m: | m: | ||
Step 6 | |||
Open the following: | |||
0 | |||
IBS-4 | |||
IBS-2 | |||
At the ES RZ modules an 1 AB2, OPEN 1 BS-1 and 1 BS-2 by depressing | |||
COMMENTS: | the open pushbutton. | ||
Continue to Step 7 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Verify any RCP operating | |||
Determine NO RCP is operating. | |||
COMMENTS: | Perform RNO step and GO TO Step 9. | ||
STEP: | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 9 | |||
IAAT any RCP is operating | |||
STANDARD: Determine NO RCP is operating. | AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate | ||
THEN perform Steps 40 and 11 | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
Determine NO RCP is operating. | |||
Perform RNO step and GO TO Step 12. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
I | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-067 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 13 | |||
Step 12 | |||
I M T ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, | |||
THEN GO TO Step 13 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
STANDARD: Determine E§ Channels 3 & 4 are actuated by one of the following: | Determine E§ Channels 3 & 4 are actuated by one of the following: | ||
Statalarms: ISA-IC-10 (ES Channel 3 Trip) and 1SA-IID-IO (ES | |||
Channel 4 Trip) | |||
E§ Channel 3 and Channel 4 Tripped lights lit on 1 UBI. | |||
GO TO step 13 | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 10: | STEP 10: | ||
Step 13 | |||
Place the following in manual control: | |||
IAbPIPump | |||
1B LPI Pump | |||
* | |||
ILP-17 | |||
STANDARD: Go to the ES RZ modules on 1VB2 and place the above components in | . IbP-18 | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Go to the ES RZ modules on 1VB2 and place the above components in | |||
COMMENTS: | manual by depressing each components manual pushbutton. | ||
Continue to Step 14 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
§AT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
.~.~.- | |||
.. . . . . . | |||
-. | |||
. | |||
CAUTION | |||
LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes | |||
... against | |||
~ .. | |||
a shutoff head. | |||
...... | |||
Step 14 | |||
IAAT any LPI pump is operating against a shutoff head, | |||
THEN at the CR SROs discretion stop affected LPI pumps. | |||
Determine RCS pressure is above LPI pump discharge head and then | |||
ask for SRO direction. When directed by the SRO secure both the A | |||
and W LPI pump. | |||
Continue to Step 15 | |||
Cue: When asked inform candidate that the SRO desires to stop BOTH LPI pumps. | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | Cue: When asked inform candidate that the SRO desires to stop BOTH LPI pumps. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 15 | |||
IAAT RCS pressure is .z LPI pump shutoff head. | |||
THEN perform Steps 46 - 17. | |||
Determine RCS pressure is NOT .z LPI pump shutoff head (=ZOO psig) | |||
Perform RNO step and GO TO Step 18. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRO-069 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 13 | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CRO-067 fnl | |||
Page l o o f 13 | |||
STEP | STEP IO: | ||
Step 18 | |||
IAAT 1A and 1 B LPI pumps are off I tripped, | |||
AND ail the following conditions exist: | |||
RCS pressure z LPI pump shutoff head | |||
ILP-19 closed | |||
1 LP-20 closed | |||
IBS-1 open OR throttled open | |||
IBS-2 open OR throttled open | |||
STANDARD: | THEN perform Steps 19 - 21 | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine conditions of step NOT met because RCS pressure is not | |||
COMMENTS: | < LPI pump shutoff head ( ~ 2 0 0 | ||
Note: After Step 18 is completed RCS pressure will decrease to LPI pump SkLItQff | psig). | ||
head. The candidate should datermime that IAAT step 15 is mat and transfer to step | Perform RNO Step and GO TO Step 22 | ||
15. | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 11: | Note: After Step 18 is completed RCS pressure will decrease to | ||
LPI pump SkLItQff | |||
head. The candidate should datermime that IAAT step 15 is mat and transfer to step | |||
15. | |||
STEP 11: | |||
Step I 5 | |||
COMMENTS: | IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump shutoff head, | ||
STEP 12: | THEN perform Steps 16 - 17. | ||
Determine that RCS pressure is z LPI pump shutoff head ( ~ 2 0 0 | |||
psig) | |||
Continue to Step 16 | |||
STANDARD: | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 12: | |||
Step 16 | |||
Perform the following: | |||
Open ILP-17 (already open) | |||
Start I A LPI pump | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Verify 1 LP-17 is open by observing the open light on the ES RZ module. | |||
Start the 1A LPI pump by using the pump switch on 1 UB2. | |||
Continue to Step 17 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
§AT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRQ-069 fnl | |||
Page 11 of 13 | |||
STEP 13: | |||
Step 17 | |||
Perform the following: | |||
* | |||
Start 18 LPI pump | |||
Verify 1 LP-18 is open by observing the open light on the ES E module. | |||
Start the 1 B LPI pump by using !he pump switch on 1 UB4. | |||
Open 1 LP-18 (already open) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
STOP TIME: | COMMENTS: | ||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
END TASK | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRO-067 fnl | |||
Page 12 of 13 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
12 | |||
The "A bPl pump must be started when RCS pressure is less than LPI pump head to | |||
ensure LPI flow into the core. | |||
The " B LPI pump must be started when RC§ pressure is less than LPI pump head to ensure | |||
LPI flew into the core. | |||
13 | |||
CRO-067 fnl | |||
Page 13 of 13 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO B RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Small Break LBCA is in progress. | Small Break LBCA is in progress. | ||
Rule 2 in progress | Rule 2 in progress | ||
RCS is saturated and RCPs are off. | RCS is saturated and RCPs are off. | ||
E§ Channels 1 - 6 have actuated. | E§ Channels 1 - 6 have actuated. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Control Room SRO instructs you to perform EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation. | The Control Room SRO instructs you to perform EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation. | ||
CR6-097 fnl | |||
Page I | |||
Of 13 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRQ-097 | |||
Transfer ECCS Suction to the Emergency Sump | |||
CANDIDATE | (1 LP-15 Failed Closed) | ||
EXAMINER | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | |||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 13 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
* | * | ||
Transfer ECCS Suction to the Emergency Sump ( | Transfer ECCS Suction to the Emergency Sump (1 LP-I 5 Failed Closed) | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facilitv JPM #: | Facilitv JPM #: | ||
KIA Ratinds): | KIA Ratinds): | ||
System: BWIEOB | System: BWIEOB | ||
WA: | WA: | ||
Rating. 4013.7 | EA1.1 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating. 4013.7 | ||
Steps of EOP are properly completed by the student to align HPllbPl piggyback mode | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | Steps of EOP are properly completed by the student to align HPllbPl piggyback mode | ||
Simulator | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Simulator 2 | ||
EOP Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS Suction Swap to R E S ) | In-Plant - | ||
Candidate: | References: | ||
EOP Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS Suction Swap to R E S ) | |||
Performance Rating: SAT- | Preferred Evaluation Method: | ||
Examiner: | Perform X Simulate __ | ||
Candidate: | |||
Time Start: | |||
NAME | |||
Time Finish: | |||
Performance Rating: SAT- | |||
wsa-r - | |||
Performance Time - | |||
Examiner: | |||
I | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 13 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
1. Recall Snap 208 | 1. Recall Snap 208 | ||
2. Import files for CRO-097 | 2. Import files for CRO-097 | ||
3. GotoRUN | 3. GotoRUN | ||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 13 | |||
ToolslEquipmenffProcedures Needed: | ToolslEquipmenffProcedures Needed: | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
A small break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the 5WST. | A small break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the 5WST. | ||
Core SCM = 0°F. | Core SCM = 0°F. | ||
The BWST level is 19 feet and RB level is increasing. | The BWST level is 19 feet and RB level is increasing. | ||
LOCA CD tab has been completed up to step 7. | LOCA CD tab has been completed up to step 7. | ||
" 1 A LPI header indicates no flow | " 1 A LPI header indicates no flow | ||
" | "1 5" LPI header indicates no flow | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Procedure Director directs you to perform IAAT Step I;Initiate Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS | The Procedure Director directs you to perform IAAT Step I; | ||
Suction Swap to RBES). | Initiate Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS | ||
Suction Swap to RBES). | |||
START TIME: | |||
STEP: | |||
START TIME: | Step I | ||
Start both of the following: | |||
IALPIPump | |||
1B LPI Pump | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The candidate rotates the control switches on 1 UB2 for "1A" and "I | |||
B LPI | |||
Pumps clockwise to the CLOSE position and verifies that the Red TRIP | |||
COIL lights illuminate and the White CLOSE COIL light is OFF and the | |||
ammeter responds. | |||
Continue to Step 2 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
-2: | |||
Step 2 | |||
Verify either of the foliowing exist: | |||
LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B 2 3300 gpm | |||
Only one LPI header is operating AND flow in that header is 2 2850 | |||
gpm | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The candidate locates the flow instrumentation (on IUB1) for the LPI | |||
headers and determines that no flow is indicated in either header. | |||
Perform RNO Step and GO PO Step 4 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 13 | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 13 | |||
Step 4 | |||
Verify 6 three HPI pumps operating | |||
RNO | |||
STOP 1 B HPI pump | |||
STANDARD: | |||
STANDARD: | Candidate observes the indications for the HPI Pump controls on ?UBI | ||
and determines that all 3 #PI Pumps are operating. | |||
The candidate locates the control switch for the 1B HPI Pump and rotates | |||
it to OFF position and verifies that the white OFF light comes on and the | |||
red RUN lights go off. | |||
Continue to Step 5 | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
Step 5 | |||
Dispatch an operator to perform Enel. 5.37 (Isolation of HPI Pump | |||
Reeirc) without dressing out. (PSI | |||
Candidate should dispatch NEO(s) to perform End. 5.37. | |||
Continue to Step 6 | |||
CUE: inform candidate operatcir(s) dispatched as requested. | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | CUE: inform candidate operatcir(s) dispatched as requested. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 6 | |||
Notify Control Room personnel that the 170 gpfnlpump minimum HPI | |||
STANDARD: | flow requirement is in effect. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Candidate informs control room personnel of HPI minimum flow | |||
CUE: lnform student the control mom has been notified. | requirements for HPI. | ||
COMMENTS: | Continue to Step 7 | ||
CUE: lnform student the control mom has been notified. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
VNSAT | |||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 13 | |||
~ | |||
... | |||
..... .- | |||
..... | |||
CAUTION | |||
ECCS pump damage may occur if LPI pumps are operated below the following minimum | |||
flows: | |||
Any LPI pump operated at e 100 gprn for > 30 minutes | |||
Two LPI pumps operating in piggyback with NO LPI flow and total HPI flow e 500 | |||
: | ....... | ||
. . . | |||
...... | |||
- ....... _- | |||
-6: | |||
Step 7 | |||
Verify two LPI pumps operating. | |||
The candidate locates the controls for "1K and "1 B" LPI pumps on 1 UB2 | |||
and determines that both LPI pumps are running. | |||
Continue to Step 8 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 8 | |||
Verify total HPI flow including seal injection is > 500 gpm. | |||
Observe HPI headers flows on 1 UBI and determine total #PI flow | |||
including seal injection is > 500 gpm. | |||
Continue to Step 9 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
..... | |||
........ | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
-8: | |||
STAN BARD: | |||
: | Step 9 | ||
Simultaneously open the following: | |||
1bP-15 | |||
. 1bP-16 | |||
RNO | |||
Limit total HPI flow to < 750 gpm including seal injection | |||
Candidate locates the control switches and light indication for ILP-15 and | |||
ILP-16 on 1 UB2 and determines that the valves are closed. | |||
1LP-15 and 1 LP-16 switches are rotated to the OPEN direction and the | |||
student verifies that the green CLOSED light goes out and the red OPEN | |||
light comes on. | |||
The candidate identifies that 1 LP-15 did not open when its control switch | |||
was placed in the OPEN position and performs RNO. | |||
Throttle 1 HP-26 and 1 HP-27 to limit total HPI flow to | |||
seal injection. | |||
Continue to Step 10 | |||
750 gpm including | |||
NOPE: aLP-15 ('IA LPI TO HPI AND RBS) will NOT respond, and will not be | |||
operable during this JPM. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 10 | |||
GO TO Step 14 | |||
Candidate goes to step 14 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 13 | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
_I_ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 13 | |||
STEP I O : Step 14 | STEP I O : | ||
Step 14 | |||
STANDARD: | Place the "LDST LEVEL INTERLOCK switch in the "DISABLE" position. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
The candidate locates the "LDST LEVEL INTERLOCK" switch and places | |||
COMMENTS: | it in the "DISABLE" position. | ||
STEP 11: | Continue to Step 15 | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 11 : | |||
Step 15 | |||
Position the following valves switches to close until valve travel is | |||
initiated: | |||
e | |||
STANDARD: | 1HP-23 | ||
IHP-24 | |||
IHP-25 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The controls for 1HP-23, 24 and 25 are located by the candidate on | |||
COMMENTS: | I | ||
STEP 12: | UBI. The switches are rotated to the CLOSE position and the grec | ||
CLOSED lights are observed to come on and the red OPEN lights are | |||
observed to go off. | |||
Continue to Step 16 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 12: | |||
Step 16 | |||
Verify any of the following are open: | |||
COMMENTS: | 0 | ||
ILPSW-4 | |||
ILPSW-5 | |||
Continue to Step 17 | |||
Verify any of the above valves are open by observing their open | |||
indications on 1VB2. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAl | |||
SAT | |||
~ | |||
UNSA- | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__I UNSA' | |||
CRB-097 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 13 | |||
STEP 13: | STEP 13: | ||
Step 17 | |||
GO TO Step 22 | |||
Candidate goes to Step 22. | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
STEP 14: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 14: | |||
Step 22 | |||
Verify both LPI coolers available for LPI and LPSW. | |||
Determine both LPI coolers available for LPI and LPSW | |||
Continue to Step 23 | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
STEP 15: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 15: | |||
Step 23 | |||
STANDARD: Determine BOTH LPI pumps are operating and perform RNO and GO | Verify any LPI pump has been secured in this enclosure due to low flow | ||
conditions. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | Determine BOTH LPI pumps are operating and perform RNO and GO | ||
TO Step 25. | |||
Continue to Step 25 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
___ UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
_I UNSAT | |||
~. | |||
. | |||
~. | .. ..~.. | ||
~.~.. | |||
.~ | |||
. .- | |||
NOTE'- | |||
RB level of 2 2' is expected when BWST level reaches 9'. | |||
. | |||
~ | |||
STEP 16: | ~ | ||
~ | |||
~ | |||
. | |||
~.... | |||
STEP 16: | |||
Step 25 | |||
WHEN BWST level is 2 9'. | |||
COMMENTS: | AND RB level is rising, | ||
STEP 17: | THEN continue in this enclosure. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Monitor EWST level and RB level and determine that this step is sat | |||
and continue to Step 26. | |||
Cue: If required, inform cand!dafe time compression will be used and the BWS | |||
STANDARD: | level will be lowered. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 17: | |||
Step 26 | |||
COMMENTS: | Simultaneously open the following: | ||
__._ | ILP-19 | ||
ILP-20 | |||
;TOP TIME: | STANDARD: | ||
The candidate locates the controls for 1LP-19 (IA RX BLBG SUCTll | |||
AN5 I | |||
LP-20 (1 E RX BLDG SUCTION) on UB2. | |||
The switches are placed in the OPEN position and the valves are ve | |||
to open. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
__._ | |||
...~.. | |||
... END TASK | |||
I | |||
... | |||
;TOP TIME: | |||
CRO-897 fnl | |||
Page 11 of 13 | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRlPlCAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-097 fnl | |||
Page 12 of 13 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
Required to provide HPI pump suction | |||
.l | |||
8 | |||
Necessary to allow the flow from the LPI headers to the HPI pump suctions. | |||
Candidate must determine that ILP-15 did not open and then throttle HPI flow to | |||
protect the HPI pumps. | |||
16 | |||
Necessary to allow the suction source for the LPI system to be the WBES and not the | |||
BWSP, which is almost depleted. | |||
CRQ-097 fnl | |||
Page 13 of 13 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO B RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLTIQN OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
A small break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the BWST | A small break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the BWST | ||
Core SCM = 0°F | Core SCM = 0°F | ||
The BWST level is 19 feet and RB level is increasing. | The BWST level is 19 feet and RB level is increasing. | ||
LOCA CD tab has been completed up to step 7. | LOCA CD tab has been completed up to step 7. | ||
IN LPI header indicates no flow | |||
IB LPI header indicates no flow | IB LPI header indicates no flow | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Procedure Director directs you to perform lAaT Step 1; Initiate Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS | The Procedure Director directs you to perform lAaT Step 1; Initiate Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS | ||
Suction Swap to R E S ) . | Suction Swap to R E S ) . | ||
CRO-600 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 12 | |||
REGION It | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRO-600 | |||
RECOVER FROM SWITCHYARD ISOLATION | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAM IN ER | |||
CRO-GOO fnl | |||
Page 2 of 12 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXANllNATlON | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
Recover from Switchyard Isolation | Recover from Switchyard Isolation | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facility JPM #: | Facility JPM #: | ||
IVA Ratinq(s): | IVA Ratinq(s): | ||
System: BW/AQS | System: BW/AQS | ||
WA: | WA: | ||
Rating: 4.3/4.2 | AA1.l | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: 4.3/4.2 | ||
Recovery from Switchyard Isolation is performed correctly including manually synchronizing the overhead Keowee | Task Standard: | ||
Unit onto the 230 KV Red Bus. | Recovery from Switchyard Isolation is performed correctly including manually synchronizing the overhead Keowee | ||
Preferred Evaluation Leeation: | Unit onto the 230 KV Red Bus. | ||
Simulator | Preferred Evaluation Leeation: | ||
References: | Preferred Evaluation Method: | ||
Enclosure 5.3 of APlOl Z (Recovery From Loss of Power) | Simulator | ||
Validation Time: 15 minutes | In-Plant - | ||
...................................................................................... | Perform X | ||
Candidate: | Simulate _. | ||
References: | |||
Performance Ratinq: SAT -UNSAT - | Enclosure 5.3 of APlOl Z (Recovery From Loss of Power) | ||
Examiner: | Validation Time: 15 minutes | ||
Time Critical: NO | |||
...................................................................................... | |||
...................................................................................... | |||
Candidate: | |||
Time Start: | |||
NAME | |||
Time Finish: | |||
Performance Ratinq: SAT - | |||
UNSAT - | |||
Performance Time I | |||
_ | |||
Examiner: | |||
I | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
BATE | |||
CRO-600 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 12 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
1. Recall Snap 210 | 1. Recall Snap 210 | ||
2. Import files for CRO-600 | 2. Import files for CRO-600 | ||
3. GotoRUN | 3. GotoRUN | ||
4. Use the Speed Change Motor on Keowee Unit 1 to ensure the unit is out of sync. | 4. Use the Speed Change Motor on Keowee Unit 1 to ensure the unit is out of sync. | ||
5. Timer 2 will reset the SWYD Isolation | 5. Timer 2 will reset the SWYD Isolation | ||
6. Timer 3 will give remote control of Keowee | 6. Timer 3 will give remote control of Keowee | ||
CRO-600 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 12 | |||
ToolslEquipmenffP~ | ToolslEquipmenffP~ocedures Needed: | ||
Enclosure 5.3 of AW01-i (Recovery From Loss of Power) | Enclosure 5.3 of AW01-i (Recovery From Loss of Power) | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be petformed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be petformed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
1. A switchyard Isolation has occurred | 1. A switchyard Isolation has occurred | ||
2. Unit 1 and Unit 2 reactors have tripped | 2. Unit 1 and Unit 2 reactors have tripped | ||
3. Unit 3 remains online at 100% power | 3. Unit 3 remains online at 100% power | ||
4. Power has been restored to Unit 1 and Unit 2's Main Feeder Buses from Keowee Unit 1 via | 4. Power has been restored to Unit 1 and Unit 2's Main Feeder Buses from Keowee Unit 1 via | ||
the overhead power path | |||
5. The TCC has notified Oconee that the 230 KV transmission system voltage and frequency | 5. The TCC has notified Oconee that the 230 KV transmission system voltage and frequency | ||
has returned to normal and recovery from switchyard isolation may be initiated. | |||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
1. The SRO in the control room instructs you utilize Enclosure 5.3 of APlOl1 (Recovery From | 1. The SRO in the control room instructs you utilize Enclosure 5.3 of APlOl1 (Recovery From | ||
Loss of Power) to recover from the Switchyard Isolation. | |||
2. Procedure steps 1 and 2 have been completed. Begin on step 3. | 2. Procedure steps 1 and 2 have been completed. Begin on step 3. | ||
CRO-600 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 12 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
: | -1: | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Step 3 | |||
Verify NO ES 1 or 2 actuation on | |||
Unit 1 | |||
Unit 2 | |||
Unit 3 | |||
Oconee unit: | |||
Verify ES 1 or 2 has NOT actuated on Unit 1 by observing the RZ | |||
modules and/or statalarrns. Contact Unit 2 and 3 to determine if ES 1 or | |||
2 has actuated. | |||
Continue to Step 4. | |||
Cue: Unit 2 and 3 have not had an ES actuation. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEQ: | |||
Step 4 | |||
Ensure | |||
of the following AUTOlMAN transfer switches in MAN: | |||
STANDARD: Place the Unit I | |||
TA and TB AUTOIMAN transfer switches in MAN | |||
Contact Unit 2 and 3 by phone and have them ensure TA and TB | |||
AUTOlMAN transfer switches in MAN. | |||
Continue to Step 5. | |||
Cue: Unit 2 and 3 TA and TB AUTO/MAN transfer switches are in MANUAL. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-600 fni | |||
Page 6 of 12 | |||
_. | |||
STEP 3: | |||
Step 5 | |||
Depress all of !he following RESET pushbuttons: | |||
The following RESET pushbuttons are depressed: | |||
Continue to Step 6. | |||
Note: Buttons are located electrical mimic board. | |||
* Not critical | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.V. CHANNEL I RESET | |||
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.V. CHANNEL 2 RESET | |||
'GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.F. CHANNEL 1 RESET | |||
*GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.F. CHANNEL 2 RESET | |||
STANDARD: | |||
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.V. CHANNEL 1 RESET | |||
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.V. CHANNEL 2 RESET | |||
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.F. CHANNEL 1 RESET | |||
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.F. CHANNEL 2 RESET | |||
-4: | |||
Step 6 | |||
Verify the following statalarms are off: | |||
SA-15/A-2 (CHANNEL #I | |||
UNBERFREBUENCY) | |||
SA-138-4 (CHANNEL #2 UNDERFREQUENCY) | |||
* | |||
SA-15/C-1 (CHANNEL #I | |||
UNDERVOLTAGE) | |||
SA-15/C-3 (CHANNEL #2 UNDERVOLTAGE) | |||
STANDARD: The above Statalarms are verified to be off. Statalarms are loci | |||
SA-I 5. | |||
Continue to Step 7 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
in | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 7 | |||
Notify Keowee Qperator to transfer control of &tJ | |||
Keowee units to | |||
Oconee. | |||
STANDARD: Contact Keowee Operator, by phone, to transfer control of | |||
units to Oconee. | |||
Continue to Step 8. | |||
Keowee | |||
NOTE: Simulator instructor will transfer control of @tJ | |||
Keowee units to Oconee. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
il_ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
STEP 6: | |||
Step 8 | |||
STEP 6: | Verify both channels of all Oconee units Main Feeder Bus Monitor Relay | ||
Panels reset as indicated by the following statalarms off: | |||
-. ..... | |||
S'H~I'CHNL A L ~ G I C | |||
4 (2)(3)SA74/Q-4 (LOAD | |||
SHED CHNL B LOGIC | |||
INITIATE) | |||
~b'S6 | |||
CHNL A LOGIC | |||
I | |||
INITIATE | |||
1 (2)(3w-I4/D-6 | |||
% | |||
,\\ , | |||
STANDARD: Both channels of Oconee unit 1 Main Feeder Bus Monitor Relay Panel is | TO SB CHNL B LQGlC | ||
INITIATE) | |||
... - | |||
STANDARD: Both channels of Oconee unit 1 Main Feeder Bus Monitor Relay Panel is | |||
Cue: Unit 2 and 3 Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panels are reset as indicated by the | verified reset as indicated by observing the above statalarms off. Contact | ||
above alarms ar@off. | Unit 2 and 3 and have them verify their Main Feeder Buses are reset. | ||
Note: Unit 1's Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panel has not actuated. | Continue to Step 9. | ||
COMMENTS: | Cue: Unit 2 and 3 Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panels are reset as indicated by the | ||
STEP 7: | above alarms ar@ off. | ||
Note: Unit 1's Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panel has not actuated. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: | STEP 7: | ||
Step 9 | |||
Verify overhead Keovfee unit energizing a | |||
Oconee unit MFB | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine that Kecwee Unit 1 is energizing Oconee Unit 1 MFBs via the | |||
overhead path, by observing Keowee Unit 1 has emergency started and | |||
ACB-1 is closed energizing unit 1's MFBs. | |||
Continue to Step 10. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRO-600 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 12 | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRQ-600 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 12 | |||
STEP: | STEP: | ||
Step 10 | |||
GO TO Step 23 | |||
COMMENTS: | Candidate goes to Step 23 | ||
STANDARD: | |||
STEP: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP: | |||
Step 23 | |||
STANBARD: | Verify Keowee overhead unit is energizing a Oconee unit MFB. | ||
STANBARD: | |||
Determine that Keovvee Unit 1 is energizing Oconee Unit 1 MFBs via the | |||
overhead path, by observing Keowee Unit 1 has emergency started and | |||
ACB-1 is closed energizing Unit ts MFBs. | |||
COMMENTS: | Continue to Step 24. | ||
STEP IO: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP IO: | |||
Step 24 | |||
Notify Emergency Coordinator to determine which of the following is | |||
desired: | |||
Manually synchronize overhead Keowee unit onto the 230 KV Red | |||
Bus | |||
Disconnect overhead Keowee unit from the 230 KV Yellow Bus and | |||
STANDARD: | reconnect (dead bus transfer) 230 KV Yellow Bus to the System Grid | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Call Emergency Coordinator and ask which of the above methods is | |||
Cue: The Emergency Coordinator determines that manually synchronizing the | desired. | ||
overhead Keowee unit onto the 230 KV Red Bus is desired. | Continue to Step 25 | ||
COMMENTS: | Cue: The Emergency Coordinator determines that manually synchronizing the | ||
overhead Keowee unit onto the 230 KV Red Bus is desired. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-GOO fnl | |||
Page 9 of 12 | |||
STEP ? I: | STEP ? I | ||
: | |||
Step 25 | |||
Verify manual Synchronization of the overhead Keowee Unit onto the | |||
System Grid via the 230 KV Red Bus is desired. | |||
Determine from previous discussion with the Emergency Coordinator that | |||
manual synchronization of the overhead Keowee Unit onto the System | |||
Grid via the 230 KV Red Bus is desired. | |||
Continue to Step 26. | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
STEP 12: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 12: | |||
Step 26 | |||
Cue: The TCC gives permission to connect overhead Keowee unit (230 KV Yeellow | Obtain permission from TCC to connect overhead Keowee unit (230 KV | ||
Bus Supply) io ihe System Grid. | Yellow Bus Supply) to the System Grid. | ||
Cue: The TCC gives permission to connect overhead Keowee unit (230 KV Yeellow | |||
STANDARD: | Bus Supply) io ihe System Grid. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Call the permission from TCC to connect overhead Keowee unit (230 KV | |||
COMMENTS: | Yellow Bus Supply) to the System Grid. | ||
Continue to Step 27. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
__ SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CRO-600 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 12 | |||
STEP 13: | STEP 13: | ||
Step 27 | |||
Perform the followina to svnc and tie overhead Keowee unit (Yellow Bus | |||
Supply) to 230 KV RLd Bds: | |||
Establish communications with Keowee Operations | |||
Depress and hold PCB-8 SYNC push button | |||
Adjust overhead Keowee unit SPEED CHANGER MOTOR to | |||
Synchronize overhead Keowee unit to 230 KV Red Bus. | |||
THEN perform the following: | |||
2. Close PCB-8. | |||
2. | |||
e | |||
STANDARD: | WHEN synchronization is achieved, | ||
Release PCB-8 SYNC push button | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The overhead Keowee unit (Yellow Bus Supply) is synced and tied to the | |||
230 KV Red Bus by: | |||
SYNC butfon. After synchronization is achieved (slow in the fast direction), inform | e | ||
the candidate to close the PCB. | Establishing communications with Keowee Operations. | ||
Depressing and holding the PCB-8 SYNC push button. | |||
Cue: The simulator operator will act as a second operator and operate the PCB-8 | |||
SYNC butfon. After synchronization is achieved (slow in the fast direction), inform | |||
the candidate to close the PCB. | |||
e | |||
Adjusting the overhead Keowee unit SPEED CHANGER MOTOR to | |||
synchronize overhead Keowee unit to 230 KV Red Bus. | |||
phase closure. | THEN perform the following: | ||
> Close PCH-8 (Red closed light illuminated) | |||
2 Release PCB-8 SYNC push button. | |||
WHEN synchronization is achieved, | |||
:TOP TIME: | Note: The SYNC CHECK provides only indication, NOT protection against out of | ||
phase closure. | |||
Cue: lnform candidate that this task is complete. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
END TASK | |||
:TOP TIME: | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRB-SOOfnl | |||
Page 11 of 12 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
3 | |||
Reset buttons must be pushed to reset the Switchyard Isolation circuit to allow PCBs | |||
to be repositioned. | |||
Oconee must have Keowee control to operate any Keowee Unit. | |||
Must recognize power is coming from a Keowee Unit via the overhead path in order | |||
to transfer power back to the switchyard. | |||
Manually syncing of the Keowee Unit is required to put the Oconee axillaries on the | |||
switchyard. | |||
5 | |||
7 | |||
I 3 | |||
CRO-GOB fnl | |||
Page 12 of 12 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION QF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
1. A switchyard isofation has occurred | 1. A switchyard isofation has occurred | ||
2. Unit 1 and Unit 2 reactors have tripped | 2. Unit 1 and Unit 2 reactors have tripped | ||
3. Unit 3 remains online at 100% power | 3. Unit 3 remains online at 100% power | ||
4. Power has been restored to Unit 1 and Unit 2's Main Feeder Buses from Keowee Unit 1 via | 4. Power has been restored to Unit 1 and Unit 2's Main Feeder Buses from Keowee Unit 1 via | ||
the overhead power path | |||
5. The TCC has notified Oconee that the 230 KV transmission system voltage and frequency | 5. The TCC has notified Oconee that the 230 KV transmission system voltage and frequency | ||
has returned to normal and recovery from switchyard isolation may be initiated. | |||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
1. The SRO in the control room instructs you utilize Enclosure 5.3 of AP/511 (Recovery From | 1. The SRO in the control room instructs you utilize Enclosure 5.3 of AP/511 (Recovery From | ||
boss of Power) to recover from the Switchyard Isolation. | |||
2. Procedure steps Z and 2 have been completed. Begin on step 3. | 2. Procedure steps Z and 2 have been completed. Begin on step 3. | ||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page Z of 18 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRO-700 | |||
Place IC§ In Auto following Loss Of Auto Power | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 18 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
Place ICS In Auto following Loss Of Auto Power | Place ICS In Auto following Loss Of Auto Power | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facility JPM #: | Facility JPM #: | ||
KIA Ratinqfs): | KIA Ratinqfs): | ||
System' BWIA02 | System' BWIA02 | ||
WA. | WA. | ||
Rating: 4.013.8 | M I . 1 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: 4.013.8 | ||
Use AP/23 (boss Of ICs Power) Enclosure 5 5 (Placing ICs In Auto) to place the 16s in AUTO following a | Task Standard: | ||
Loss Of Auto Power. | Use AP/23 (boss Of ICs Power) Enclosure 5 5 (Placing ICs In Auto) to place the 16s in AUTO following a | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | Loss Of Auto Power. | ||
Simulator | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Simulator | ||
In-Plant __ | |||
References: | |||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
Perform 2 | |||
Simulate __ | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 18 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
I.Recall Snap 22 1 | I. | ||
2. Import files for CRO-708 | Recall Snap 22 1 | ||
3. GotoRUN | 2. Import files for CRO-708 | ||
3. GotoRUN | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 4 of 18 | |||
TooIslEquipmenffProcedures Needed: | TooIslEquipmenffProcedures Needed: | ||
AW23 (boss Of ICs Power) Enclosure 5.5 (Placing ICs In Auto) | AW23 (boss Of ICs Power) Enclosure 5.5 (Placing ICs In Auto) | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate | indicate lo me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
1. ICs AUTO power lost | 1. ICs AUTO power lost | ||
2. AP/23 (Loss of ICs Power) in progress | 2. AP/23 (Loss of ICs Power) in progress | ||
3. | 3. 16s AUTO power has been restored | ||
INITEATING CUES: | INITEATING CUES: | ||
The SRO directs you to perform Enclosure 5.5 (Placing 16s in AUTO) to place ALL ICs H/A | The SRO directs you to perform Enclosure 5.5 (Placing 16s in AUTO) to place ALL ICs H/A | ||
stations in AUTO. | stations in AUTO. | ||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 18 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Note: All operations will be performed on the ICs stations located on | Note: All operations will be performed on the ICs stations located on IUBI. | ||
Step I | |||
Perform a pre-job briefing for AP/l/Ai1700/023 from the pra-job briefing | |||
database. | |||
State that 8 pre-job briefing should be performed. | |||
Continue to Step 2. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: Inform candidate that the pre-job briefing has been performed. | |||
Note: Candidate will obtain setpoint information from the OAC during this JPM. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 2 | |||
Ensure RATE SET to 0.0 | |||
Ensure RATE SET thumbwheel located is set to 0.0 | |||
Continue to SteD 3. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
_I_ SAT | |||
I_ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 18 | |||
STEQ: | STEQ: | ||
STANDARD | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 3 | |||
Verify TflP setpoint at THP by comparing the following, | |||
RNQ | |||
Ensure the following in HAND: | |||
* | |||
1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES | |||
e | |||
1B TURBINE BYPASS VALVES | |||
0 1 E2089 (TURB HBR PRESS SETPOINT) | |||
0 1 E2088 (IC5 SELECTED TURB HDR PRESS) | |||
TURBINE MASTER | |||
Adjust THP setpoint to = THP at the TURBINE MASTER. | |||
Call up the appropriate OAC display (enter GB AP28) anti determine | |||
THP setpoint NOT at J THP and perform RNO. | |||
Verify the above stations are in HAND. | |||
Use the Setpoint knob on the TURBINE MASTER to match THP setpoint | |||
to i- THP while monitoring on the OAC. | |||
STANDARD: TURBINE MASTER is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto | Continue to Step 4. | ||
=: | |||
Step 4 | |||
Place TURBINE MASTER in AUTO | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
STEP: | TURBINE MASTER is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto | ||
pushbutton on the TURBINE MASTER Bailey station. | |||
Continue to Step 5 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 5 | |||
COMMENTS: | Verify Main Turbine controlling THP. | ||
Verify Main Turbine controlling THP by observing THP being maintained | |||
at setpoint. | |||
Continue to Step 6 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
I_ | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 18 | |||
Step 6 | |||
Verify all TBVs are closed. | |||
Verify all TBVs closed by observing the Green closed indication | |||
Continue to Step 7. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
COMMENTS: | Step 7 | ||
Ensure all TBVs in AUTO: | |||
1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES | |||
1B TURBINE BYPASS VALVES | |||
Place TBVs in AUTO by depressing the red AUTO pushbutton and verify | |||
the red AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND light extinguishes. | |||
Continue to Step 8. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
Step 8 | |||
Verify Tave setpoint at = Tave by comparing the following: | |||
OlE2087 (ICs TAVE SETPOINT) | |||
e | |||
OlE2086 (ICs SELECTED TAVE) | |||
RNO | |||
Ensure the following: | |||
DIAMOND in HAND | |||
e | |||
STANDA. | I A FDW MASTER in HAND | ||
1B FBW MASTER in HAND | |||
STANDA. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Call up the appropriate OAC display (enter G- AP28) and determine | |||
Tave setpoint NOT at = Tave and perform RNO. | |||
Verify the above stations are in HAND. | |||
Adjust Tave setpoint to = Tave at the REACTOR MASTER while | |||
mcnitoring on the OAC. | |||
Continue to Step 9 | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
I_ SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 18 | |||
Step 9 | |||
Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL. | |||
Verify DIAMOND in MANUAL by observing MANUAL light illuminated on | |||
DIAMOND panel. | |||
Continue to Step I O . | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
COMMENTS: | STEP I O : | ||
STEP I O : | Step 10 | ||
Place REACTOR MASTER in AUTO. | |||
REACTOR MASTER is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto | |||
pushbutton on the REACTOR MASTER Bailey station and verify the red | |||
AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND light extinguishes. | |||
Continue to Step 11 | |||
COMMENTS: | STANDARD: | ||
STEP 11: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 11 : | |||
Step 11 | |||
Verify Neutron Error is 0 f I0h. | |||
Verify Neutron Error is 0 f 1% by observing Neutron Error meter on | |||
IUBI. | |||
COMMENTS: | Continue to Step 52 | ||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
. . . | |||
.. . | |||
. .. | |||
.. | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
__ SAT | |||
_I UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 18 | |||
STEP 12: | STEP 12: | ||
Step 12 | |||
Place DIAMOND in AUTO | |||
STANDARD: Place DIAMOND in AUTO by depressing the AUTO pushbutton on the | STANDARD: | ||
Place DIAMOND in AUTO by depressing the AUTO pushbutton on the | |||
DIAMOND panel pushbutton and verify the AUTO light illuminates and | |||
the HAND light extinguishes. Verify plant parameters do not change. | |||
COMMENTS: | Continue to Step 13 | ||
STEP 13: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 13: | |||
Step 13 | |||
Verify STM GENERATOR MASTER Measured Variable is on the caret. | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the | |||
STM GENERATOR MASTER is on the caret. | |||
COMMENTS: | Continue to Step 14. | ||
STEP 14: | STANDARD; | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 14: | |||
Step 14 | |||
Place STM GENERATOR MASTER in AUTO. | |||
STM GENERATOR MASTER is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto | |||
pushbutton on the STM GENERATOR MASTER Bailey station and verify | |||
COMMENTS: | the red AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND light extinguishes. | ||
Continue to Step 15 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 18 | |||
Verify Delta Tc setpoint at = Delta Tc by comparing the following: | |||
0 | |||
0 | |||
STANDARD: Verify Delta Tc setpoint at = Delta Tc by comparing the above points on | O1E2091 (ICs DELTA TC SETPOINT) | ||
OlP1608 (RCS NARROW WNGE BELTATC) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Verify Delta Tc setpoint at = Delta Tc by comparing the above points on | |||
COMMENTS: | the OAC. | ||
Continue to Step 16 | |||
STEP 16: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 16: | |||
Step 16 | |||
Place DELTA Tc station in AUTO. | |||
The DELTA Tc station is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto | |||
pushbutton on the DELTA Tc Bailey station and verifying the red AUTO | |||
light illuminates and the white HAND light extinguishes. | |||
COMMENTS: | Continue to Step 17. | ||
STEP 17: | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 17: | |||
Step 17 | |||
Verify 1A FDW MASTER Measured Variable is on the caret. | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the | |||
1A FCIW MASTER is on the caret. | |||
Continue to Step 18. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
I_ | |||
SAT | |||
I_ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-780 fnl | |||
Page 11 of 18 | |||
STEP 18: | STEP 18: | ||
Step 18 | |||
Verify 1 B FBW MASTER Measured Variable is on the caret. | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the | |||
1 B FDW MASTER is on the caret. | |||
Continue to Step 19. | |||
COMMENTS: | STANBARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE | |||
1A FDW MASTER and 18 FDW MASTER should both be placed in AUTO | |||
.... | |||
STEP 19: | ... | ||
- | |||
.~... | |||
simultaneously. | |||
STEP 19: | |||
Step 19 | |||
Place the following in AUTO: | |||
I A FDW MASTER | |||
* | |||
Note: Simultaneous operation is not critical. | I B FDW MASTER | ||
COMMENTS: | The 1A FBW MASTER and 1 B FBW MASTER is placed in AUTO | ||
simultaneously by depressing the Auto pushbuttons on both the 1A FDW | |||
MASTER and I | |||
B FDW MASTER Bailey stations and verifying the red | |||
AUTO lights illuminate and the white HAND lights extinguish. | |||
Continue to Step 20. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Note: Simultaneous operation is not critical. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 12 of 18 | |||
CAUTION | |||
Changing Total FDW flow will result in Rx power change. Total FDW flow should be | |||
maintained as near constant as possible by adjusting FDW pump speed and FDW control | |||
Changing Total FDW flow will result in Rx power change. Total FDW flow should be | valve positions. | ||
maintained as near constant as possible by adjusting FDW pump speed and FDW control | STEP 20: | ||
valve positions. | Step 20 | ||
._.. | |||
.. . . .. . | |||
. . .~ | |||
Verify lowest FDW VALVE AP = 35 psid | |||
' | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Verify lowest FDW VALVE AP = 35 psid by observing the FBW VALVE | |||
AP gauge. | |||
Continue to Step 21 | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 21 : | STEP 21 : | ||
Step 21 | |||
Verify 18 MAIN FDW PUMP Measured Variable is on the caret. | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the | |||
I A MAIN FDW PUMP is on the caret. | |||
Continue to Step 22. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 22: | STEP 22: | ||
Step 22 | |||
IAAT 1A MAIN FDW PUMP Measured Variable is on the caret, | |||
AND desired in AUTO, | |||
THEN place 1A MAIN FDW PUMP in AUTO. | |||
Place I A MAIN FDW PUMP in AUTO by depressing the AUTO | |||
pushbutton and verify the red AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND | |||
light extinguishes. | |||
COMMENTS: | Continue to Step 23. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
___ UNSAT | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
___ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSA? | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 13of 18 | |||
STEP 23: | STEP 23: | ||
Step 23 | |||
Verify 18 MAIN FDW PUMP Measured Variable is on the caret. | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the | |||
I B MAIN FDW PUMP is on the caret. | |||
Continue to Step 24. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 24: | STEP 24: | ||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 24 | |||
IAAT 16 MAIN FDW PUMP Measured Variable is on the caret, | |||
AND desired in AUTO. | |||
THEN perform the following: | |||
0 | |||
Adjust I B MAIN FDW 6UMP bias as required using 0 1 E2092 (FWT | |||
1 B BIAS). | |||
. | |||
Place 1 B MAIN FDW PUMP in AUTO by depressing the AUTO | |||
pushbutton and verify the red AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND | |||
STEP 25: | light extinguishes. | ||
Continue toStep 25 | |||
Place r E MAIN FDW PUMP in AUTO. | |||
STEP 25: | |||
Step 25 | |||
Verify 1 FDW-32 Measured Variable is on the caret | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the | |||
COMMENTS: | 1 FDW-32 controller is on the caret. | ||
Continue to Step 26 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
. .. . | |||
. . . . | |||
-. | |||
.. .. ... | |||
-SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-700 fnl | |||
Page 14of 18 | |||
STEP 26: | |||
Step 26 | |||
Verify ?FDW-35 Mmsured Variable is on the caret. | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the | |||
1 FBW-35 controller is on the caret. | |||
Continue to Step 27. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
. ~ ~ . . | |||
_. | |||
.. . | |||
NOTE" | |||
1 FDW-32 and 1 FDW-35 should .. .-. | |||
both be placed in ...... | |||
AUTO simultaneously. | |||
~ | |||
~ | |||
~ | |||
~ | |||
.. | |||
...._. | |||
STEP 27: | |||
Step 27 | |||
Place the following in AUTO: | |||
IFDW-32 | |||
IFDW-35 | |||
The IFDW-32 and IFDW-35 is placed in AUTO simultaneously by | |||
STEP 28: | depressing the Auto pushbuttons on both the IFDW-32 and 1FDW-35 | ||
Bailey stations and verifying the red AUTO lights illuminate and the M i t e | |||
HAND lights extinguish. | |||
STANDARD: | Continue to Step 28 | ||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 28: | |||
COMMENTS: | Step 28 | ||
Verify IFDW-41 Measured Variable is on the caret | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the | |||
1 FDW-41 controller is on the caret. | |||
Continue to Step 29. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRlTlCAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
~ | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 15of 18 | |||
STEP 29: | |||
Step 29 | |||
Verify 1 FDW-44 Measured Variable is on the caret. | |||
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer Qn the | |||
1 FDW-44 controller is on the caret. | |||
Continue to Step 30. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE | |||
1 FDW-41 and 1 FDW-44 should both be placed in AUTO simultaneously. | |||
. | |||
~ | |||
-. .. . . ,. | |||
~ .... | |||
STEP 30: | |||
Step 30 | |||
Place the following in AUTO: | |||
IFDW-41 | |||
IFDW-44 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
The 1 FDW-41 and 1 FDW-44 is placed in AUTO simultaneously by | |||
depressing the Auto pushbuttons on both the 1 FDW-41 and 1 FDW. | |||
Bailey stations and verifying the red AUTO lights illuminate and the white | |||
HAND lights extinguish. | |||
Continue to Step 31. | |||
STEP 31: | |||
Step 31 | |||
Slowly adjust the following as required by unit operation: | |||
Tave | |||
THP | |||
Delta Tc | |||
Adjust the above on 1 UBI as required by unit operation. | |||
Continue to Step 32. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
_I UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I | |||
_ | |||
. | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-700 fill | |||
Page 16 of 18 | |||
STEP 32: | |||
STANDARD | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 32 | |||
Ensure CTPD SET at desired value | |||
Ensure CTPD SET at desired value on 1 UBI. | |||
... | I_ SAT | ||
STOP TIME: | ___ UNSAT | ||
... | |||
...~.. | |||
END | |||
.. TASK | |||
... . | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRO-700 fRl | |||
Page 17 of 18 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP tC | STEP tC | ||
Explanation | |||
3 | |||
4 | |||
7 | |||
8 | |||
I 0 | |||
12 | |||
14 | |||
16 | |||
19 | |||
22 | |||
24 | |||
27 | |||
30 | |||
The setpoint and the parameter have to be matched to prevent a plant transient as | |||
the ICs is place in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the ICs in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the 16s in AUTO. | |||
The setpoint and the parameter have to be matched to prevent a plant transient as the ICs is | |||
place in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the ICs in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the ICs in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the ICs in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the ICs in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the ICs in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the ICs in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the IC§ in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the IC§ in AUTO. | |||
Required to place the ICs in AUTO. | |||
CRO-700 ftll | |||
Page 18 of 18 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
I ICs AUTO power lost | I | ||
~ ICs AUTO power lost | |||
2. AP/23 (Loss of ICs Power) in progress | 2. AP/23 (Loss of ICs Power) in progress | ||
3. ICS AUTO power has been restored | 3. ICS AUTO power has been restored | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The SRO directs you to perform Enclosure 5.5 (Placing ICs in AUTO) to place ALL ICs H/A | The SRO directs you to perform Enclosure 5.5 (Placing ICs in AUTO) to place ALL ICs H/A | ||
stations in AUTO. | stations in AUTO. | ||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 13 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
CRO-900 | |||
Release GWD Tank | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 13 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE WAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
Release GWD Tank | Release GWD Tank | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
N | N | ||
FacilitvJPM #: | FacilitvJPM #: | ||
WA Rating(& | WA Rating(& | ||
System: 071 | System: 071 | ||
WA: | WA: | ||
Rating: 3.1/3.9 | A426 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: 3.1/3.9 | ||
Release a GWD tank correctly using OP1I&2iAl104~018 | Task Standard: | ||
Release a GWD tank correctly using OP1I&2iAl104~018 | |||
Preferred Evaluation Location: | End 4 9 (GWD | ||
TankRelease) | |||
Preferred Evaluation Location: | |||
Simulator 2 | |||
In-Piant __ | |||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
Perform | |||
Simulate - | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 13 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
Z . Recall IC-30 | Z . Recall IC-30 | ||
2. GotoRUN | 2. GotoRUN | ||
CRO-900 ffll | |||
Page 4 of 13 | |||
TooIslEauipment/Procedu~ | TooIslEauipment/Procedu~es Needed: | ||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be periormed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be periormed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet i provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet i provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Release of "B"GWB tank is desired | Release of "B" GWB tank is desired | ||
QP/1&2/N1104/018, Enclosure 4.9 (GWD Tank Release) is in progress and completed up to | QP/1&2/N1104/018, Enclosure 4.9 (GWD Tank Release) is in progress and completed up to | ||
step 2.3. | step 2.3. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
SRO directs you to complete the release of the "B" | SRO directs you to complete the release of the "B" GWD tank at step 2.3 of Enclosure 4.9. | ||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 13 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Step 2.3 | |||
Determine any other GWR(s) are in progress at station. | |||
Determine that no other GWR(s) are in progress at ONS | |||
Continue to Step 2.4 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: No other GWRs are in progress. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 2.4 | |||
EF release will be made at 1/3 station release limit, verify IRIA-45 High | |||
and Alert Alarm setpoints set per PT/0/A/0230/001 (Radiation MonitQr | |||
Check). | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Refer to PT/OIA/0230/001 (Radiation Monitor Check) and verify 1 RIA-45 | |||
High and Aiert Alarm setpoints using the RIA View Node. | |||
Continue to Step 2.5 | |||
Note: The setpoints will not be correct and will require the candidate to reset them | |||
per PT~02301001. | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
m: | m: | ||
Step 2.5 | |||
IF release will be made at 2/3 station release limit: | |||
STANDARD | |||
Determine that this release will be made a 1/3 station limit | |||
N/A steps 2.5.1 - 2.5.5. | |||
Cue: If asked inform the candidate as the SRO that this release will be at 5/3 station | Continue to Step 3.1 | ||
Cue: If asked inform the candidate as the SRO that this release will be at 5/3 station | |||
COMMENTS: | limit | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STE | |||
_I SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 13 | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 3.1 | |||
Record background readings for 1 RIA-37 & 1 RIA-38 on Enclosure 4.10 | |||
GWD Tank Sample Request. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine background readings for 1 RIA-37 & 1 RIA-38 by observing the | |||
RIA readings on the RIA View Node and record on Enclosure 4.10. | |||
Note: The background readings should be as follows: | |||
ZRIA-37 Background reading is: 45 cps | |||
IRIA-38 Background reading is: 6.6 cps | |||
Continue to Step 3.2 | |||
[%OTE: The RIArequired to terminate release (ILIA within range) must be | COMMENTS: | ||
1 operable or ..... | .... | ||
[%OTE: The RIArequired to terminate release (ILIA within range) must be | |||
1 operable or ..... | |||
two independent samples must be taken | |||
._.. (SLG 16.1 1.3). | |||
...... | |||
m: | |||
Step 3.2 | |||
Recommended 1 RIA-37 and 38 High and Alert setpcints: | |||
e | |||
1 RIA-37 | |||
cpm above background | |||
1 RIA-38 | |||
cpm above background | |||
Obtain this information from the sample request and record on form. | |||
Continue to Step 3.3 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 7 of 13 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS | |||
Step 3.3 | |||
Adjust 1 RIA-37 setpoints for release per on6 of the foliowing: | |||
3.3.1 IF above instrument range over-ride 1 RIA-37 setpoints: | |||
o | |||
Set 1 RIA-37 alert setpoint at zero | |||
Set 1 RIA-37 High setpoint at zero | |||
Or | |||
3.3.2 IF required to set alarms: | |||
a | |||
Set 1 RIA-37 Alert setpoint at 4795 cpm | |||
Set 1 RIA-37 High setpoint at 4795 cpm | |||
Determine setpoints for release are NOT above instrument range and | |||
NIA step 3.3.1. | |||
Determine required setpoints by adding background to data from the | |||
sample request and enter it on this form. | |||
Continue to Step 3.4 | |||
Step 3.4 | |||
Adjust 1 RIA-38 setpoints for release per one of the following: | |||
3.4.1 IF above instrument range over-ride 1 RIA-38 setpoints: | |||
e | |||
Set 1 RIA-38 Alert setpoint at zero | |||
Set 1 RIA-38 High setpoint at zero | |||
Or | |||
3.4.2 IF required to set alarms: | |||
Set 1 RIA-38 Alert setpoint at 31E).6 cpm | |||
Set 1 RIA-38 High setpoint at 319.6 cpm | |||
Determine setpoints for release are NOT above instrument range and | |||
NIA step 3.3.1. | |||
Determine required setpoints by adding background to data from the | |||
sample request and enter it on this form. | |||
Continue to Step 3.5 | |||
CRITICAL STE | |||
__ SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STE | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 13 | |||
STAN DARD : | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 3.5 | |||
Reset WASTE GASTANK DISCH integrator to zero. | |||
Reset WASTE GASTANK DISC# integrator located on 1AB3 to zero by | |||
deprsssing the reset button. | |||
Continue to Step 3.6 | |||
Step 3.6 | |||
Ensure GWW DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL in '"HAND". | |||
Ensure GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL in "HAND" and CLOSED | |||
located on 1AB3. | |||
Verify GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL "CLOSED" | |||
Continue to Step 3.7 | |||
STEP 10: | |||
STEP 10: | Step 3.7 | ||
Open GWD-100 (Decay Tanks Bischarge Header Block). (A-2-2091E 13' | |||
N of Door) | |||
STANDARD: | STANDARD: | ||
Dispatch NE0 to Open GWD-100 (Decay Tanks Discharge Header | |||
Block). | |||
Cue: inform candidate that GWD-IO0 is open. | Continue to Step 3.8 | ||
COMMENTS: | Cue: inform candidate that GWD-IO0 is open. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL STEl | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 13 | |||
STEP 11: | STEP 11 : | ||
Step 3.8 | |||
IF releasing GWD Tank B perform the following: | |||
e | |||
STANDARD: | Open GWD-99 (Decay Tank 1B Discharge Block) | ||
Place GWD-5 (5 GWB TANK DISCHARGE) switch to "AUTO | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: Inform candidate that GWB-99 is open. | |||
Dispatch NE0 to open GWD-99 (Decsy Tank 15 Discharge Block). | |||
COMMENTS: | Located GWD-5 (B GWD TANK DISCHARGE) on 1863 and place | ||
STEP 12: | switch to "AUTO" | ||
Continue to Step 3.9 | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 12: | |||
Steps 3.9 - 3.1 1 | |||
IF releasing GWD Tank B perform the following ... | |||
Determine NOT releasing GWD Tank A, C, D and NIA steps 3.8. 3.10, | |||
COMMENTS: | and 3.1 1. | ||
Continue to Step 3.12 | |||
NOTE: Station Limit release rates, per SLC 16.11, will NOT be exceeded if | STANDARD: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
.... | |||
~ | |||
NOTE: - Station Limit release rates, per SLC 16.11, will NOT be exceeded if | |||
recommended release rates per Enclosure 4.10 "GWD Tank Sample Request" | |||
STEP 13: | are followed. | ||
* Limit and Precautions have ~..~ | |||
required approval levels for release. | |||
STANDARD: | STEP 13: | ||
Step 3.12 | |||
Cue: Approval is granted for release by Trac: Lemons at current Daterrime. | Approval granted for release. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
Obtain approval for release. | |||
Continue to Step 3.13 | |||
Cue: Approval is granted for release by Trac: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Lemons at current Daterrime. | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 13 | |||
STEP 14: | |||
Step 3.43 | |||
IF releasing at 2/3 Station Limit: | |||
Determine NOT releasing at 2/3 Station Limit by previous cue. | |||
Continue to Step 3.14 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 15: | |||
Step 3.14 | |||
Recommended Release Rate from Enclosure 4.10 "GWD Tank Sample | |||
Request": | |||
cfm. | |||
Record Recommended Release Rate from Enclosure 4.10 "GWD Tank | |||
Sample Request". | |||
Continue to Step 3.15 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
CQMMENPS: | |||
NOTE: | |||
e | |||
e | |||
If U1 Penetration Room Ventilation (PRV) system is shutdown, RIA-32 U1 Penetration | |||
Room sample point does NOT sample general area air properly. | |||
With U1 PRV system shutdown. RIA-32 sample point for U1 Penetration Room is | |||
sampling air in piping between U1 Unit Vent and PRV discharge. | |||
RIA-32 counts may increase when selected to U1 Penetration Room while making a | |||
GWD Release. | |||
STEP 16: | |||
Step 3.15 | |||
Place a note on Turnover sheet that RIA-32 Penetration Room sample | |||
point may alarm when selected to U'i Penetration Room during GWD | |||
release. | |||
Candidate should indicate a note should be placed on the Turnover sheet | |||
indicating that RIA-32 Penetration Room sample point may alarm when | |||
I | selected to U1 Penetration Room during GWD release. | ||
Continue to Step 3.16 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
I | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
II_ UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
_I SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page I 1 of 13 | |||
STEP 17: | |||
Step3.16 | |||
Adjust GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL to obtain desired release | |||
rate. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Slowly adjust the manual loading knob to obtain the desired release rate. | |||
Continue to Step 3.17 | |||
Note: Although the maximum rate is high the actual release rate will be low. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 18: | |||
Step 3.17 | |||
Record "Begin GWR # | |||
" in Unit Log | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Candidate should indicate a Unit log entry would be made. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
END | |||
. ~ - | |||
STOP TIME: | TASK | ||
.. | |||
..... | |||
CRITICAL STEP | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 120f 13 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
2 | |||
6 | |||
7 | |||
10 | |||
2 1 | |||
17 | |||
Required to set RIA to prevent station release above limits. | |||
Required to set RIA to prevent station release above limits. | |||
Required to set RIA to prevent station release above limits. | |||
Required to align release flow path. | |||
Required to align release flow path. | |||
Required to align release flow path. | |||
CRO-900 fnl | |||
Page 13 of 13 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Release of "5" GWD tank is desired | Release of "5" GWD tank is desired | ||
OQ/l&2/A/1104/818, Endosure 4.9 (GWD Tank Release) is in progress and completed up to | OQ/l&2/A/1104/818, Endosure 4.9 (GWD Tank Release) is in progress and completed up to | ||
step 2.3. | step 2.3. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
SRQ directs you to complete the release of the "B" GWD tank at step 2.3 of Enclosure 4.9. | SRQ directs you to complete the release of the "B" GWD tank at step 2.3 of Enclosure 4.9. | ||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 10 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
NLO-036 | |||
STARTUP A VITAL BUS INVERTER | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMINER | EXAMINER | ||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
Page 2 of 10 | |||
REGION II | |||
INlTiAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
STARTUP A VITAL BUS INVERTER | STARTUP A VITAL BUS INVERTER | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
N | N | ||
Facilitv JPM # | Facilitv JPM # | ||
N | N | ||
WA Ratinds): | WA Ratinds): | ||
System: 062 | System: 062 | ||
WA: | WA: | ||
Rating: 2.9/2.9 | A3.04 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating: 2.9/2.9 | ||
Vital Bus Inverter placed in service correctly | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location | Vital Bus Inverter placed in service correctly | ||
Simulator | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Simulator - | ||
OP/l,2,3/A/t 107/04. Enclosure 4 2 (Startup Of The Vital Bus Inverters) | In-Plant | ||
Validation Time: 3 minutes | X | ||
Perform - | |||
Simulate | |||
References: | |||
OP/l,2,3/A/t 107/04. Enclosure 4 2 (Startup Of The Vital Bus Inverters) | |||
Validation Time: 3 minutes | |||
Time Critical: NO | |||
Preferred Evaluation Method: | |||
----____-_____________---ssssss_______ss------------------------------------------ | ----____-_____________---ssssss_______ss------------------------------------------ | ||
_ | _ ~ ~ ~ ~ _ _ _ _ _ ~ _ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ _ _ ~ - - - s s s s s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - - - - - ~ | ||
Candidate: | Candidate: | ||
Time Start, | |||
Performance | NAME | ||
Examiner: | Time Finish. | ||
Performance Ratins SAT | |||
~ | |||
UNSAT - | |||
Performance Time - | |||
Examiner: | |||
I-- | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 10 | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
NONE | |||
ToolslEquipmentIProcedures Needed: | |||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
Page4of10 | |||
READ TO OPERATOR | |||
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Earkies today the 1DIB Vital Bus Inverter was shutdown for maintenance. I & E personnel | Earkies today the 1DIB Vital Bus Inverter was shutdown for maintenance. I & E personnel | ||
have just notified the Control Room SRO that they have completed their work on the inverter. | have just notified the Control Room SRO that they have completed their work on the inverter. | ||
The affected I2OVAC Vital Instrumentation Power Panelboard is being supplied by Regulated | The affected I2OVAC Vital Instrumentation Power Panelboard is being supplied by Regulated | ||
AC Panelboard KRA. | AC Panelboard KRA. | ||
INITIATING | INITIATING CUE | ||
The Control Room SRQ directs you to startup IDIB Vital Bus Inverter per OPlllNZ 107/04 | The Control Room SRQ directs you to startup IDIB Vital Bus Inverter per OPlllNZ 107/04 | ||
(Enctosure 4.2). DC Power to the inverter has | (Enctosure 4.2). DC Power to the inverter has | ||
Begin at Step 2.1. | Begin at Step 2.1. | ||
been isolated. | |||
START TIME: | |||
Step 2.1 | |||
START TIME: | IF DC power to the inverter has been isolated, close breaker #33 on the | ||
associated DC paneiboard. | |||
Determine that DC power to the inverter has not been isolated by | |||
referring to the initial conditions. | |||
Continue to Step 2.2. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
CUE: Indicate to candidate that breaker #33 is closed. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Step 2.2 | |||
Press the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton until the PRECHARGE | |||
light comes on. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The candidate depresses the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton untii | |||
the PRECHARGE light comes on. | |||
CUE: Indicate to the student that the PRECHARGE light is ON. | |||
Continue to Step 2.3. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
NbQ-036 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 10 | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL TASK | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
Step 2.3 | |||
CLOSE the DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify Vital Bus INVERTER | |||
OUTPUT voltage increases to approximately 120 volts AC. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: indicate to the student that the DC INPUT breaker is ifl the ON position. | |||
STANDARD: | The DC INPUT circuit breaker is CLOSED | ||
INVERTER OUTPUT voltmeter, AC volts, is observed and verified to | |||
Cue: indicate to the student that the DC INPUT breaker is ifl the ON position. | indicate approximately 120 volts AC. | ||
Cue: indicate to student that inverter voltage iNCREASES from 0 to 120 volts AC, | |||
as indicated on the INVRTER OUTPUT voltmeter. | |||
Cue: indicate to student that inverter voltage iNCREASES from 0 to 120 volts AC, | Continue to Step 2.4. | ||
as indicated on the INVRTER OUTPUT voltmeter. | COMMENTS: | ||
Step 2.4 | |||
COMMENTS: | CLOSE the INVERTER OUTPUT circuit breaker. | ||
STANDARD: | |||
CUE: indicate to the student that the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is in the ON | |||
position. | |||
STANDARD: | The INVERTER OUTPUT circuit breaker is CLOSED | ||
CUE: indicate to the student that the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is in the ON | Continue to Step 2.5. | ||
position. | COMMENTS: | ||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
COMMENTS: | Page 6 of 10 | ||
CRITICAL TASK | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL TASK | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
UNSAT | |||
Step 2.5 | |||
VERIFY the IN SYNC light is on. | |||
Green IN SYNC light is verified ON. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
CUE: indicate to student that IN SYNC light is ON. | |||
Continue to Step 2.6. | |||
CUE: indicate to student that IN SYNC light is ON. | COMMENTS: | ||
Step 2.6 | |||
COMMENTS: | POSITION the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH to the NORMAL SOURCE | ||
position. | |||
Student rotates the Manual Bypass Switch from the ALTERNATE | |||
SOURCE position to the NORMAL SOURCE position. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: lndicate to the sfudenf that the Maflual Bypass Switch is in the NORMAL | |||
SOURCE position. | |||
Cue: lndicate to the sfudenf that the Maflual Bypass Switch is in the NORMAL | Continue to Step 2.7. | ||
SOURCE position. | COMMENTS: | ||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
COMMENTS: | Page 7 of 10 | ||
- | |||
SAT | |||
I | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL TASK | |||
_I_ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
Step 2.7 | |||
VERIFY the following indications: | |||
INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter = 120 volts | |||
Inverter Output frequency meters 60 Hz | |||
INVERTER OUTPUT amp meter increases and stabilizes to match | |||
SYSTEM OUTPUT amp meter. | |||
e | |||
The following indications are verified: | |||
INVERTER OUTPUT volts - 120 | |||
STANDARD: | |||
INVERTER OUTPUT frequency = 60 tiz. | |||
INVERTER OUTPUT amp meter increases and stabilizes to match | |||
SYSTEM OUTPUT amp meter. | |||
Cue: Provide the following indications to the student: | |||
INV. OUTPUT volts f20. | |||
INV. OUTPUT freq. 60. | |||
INV. OUTPUT amps 20 - 40. | |||
SYS. OUTPUT amps 20 - 40. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
..... | |||
END TASK | |||
STOP TIME: | ...... | ||
. .. | |||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
Page 8 of 10 | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRITICAL STEP EX-PLANATIONS: | |||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 10 | |||
STEP # | |||
Explanation | |||
2 | |||
Recharge input filter capacitor prevents a large increase in current when the inverter | |||
is placed on line. | |||
3 | |||
Closing the DC input breaker supplies DC input to the inverter. | |||
4 | |||
Closing this breaker connects the inverter output to the input of the autotransformer. | |||
6 | |||
Selecting NORMAL Source with the Manual Bypass Switch causes a make before | |||
break transfer to the inverter output placing the inverter in service. | |||
NLO-036 fnl | |||
Page 10 of 10 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
Earlier today the 1DIB Vital Bus Inverter was shutdown for maintenance. I & E personnel | Earlier today the 1DIB Vital Bus Inverter was shutdown for maintenance. I & E personnel | ||
have just notified the Control Room SRO that they have completed their work on the inverter. | have just notified the Control Room SRO that they have completed their work on the inverter. | ||
The affected I20VAC Vital Instrumentation Power Panelboard is being supplied by Regulated | The affected I20VAC Vital Instrumentation Power Panelboard is being supplied by Regulated | ||
AC Panelboard KKA. | AC Panelboard KKA. | ||
lNlTIATlNG CUE: | lNlTIATlNG CUE: | ||
The Control Room SRQ directs you to startup IDIB Vital Bus Inverter per OP/l/Ail107/04 | The Control Room SRQ directs you to startup IDIB Vital Bus Inverter per OP/l/Ail107/04 | ||
(Enclosure 4.2). DC Power to the inverter has ROf been isolated. | (Enclosure 4.2). DC Power to the inverter has ROf been isolated. | ||
Begin at Step 2.1 | Begin at Step 2.1 | ||
NLO-039 fnl | |||
Page 1 of 10 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
N LO-039 | |||
PRIME THE SPENT FUEL POOL FILL LINE | |||
CANDIDATE | CANDIDATE | ||
EXAMBUER | EXAMBUER | ||
NbO-039 fnl | |||
Pags 2 of 10 | |||
REGION II | |||
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE | |||
Task: | Task: | ||
PRIME THE SPENT FUEL POOL FILL LINE | PRIME THE SPENT FUEL POOL FILL LINE | ||
Alternate Path: | Alternate Path: | ||
Facilihr JPM #: | Facilihr JPM #: | ||
KIA Ratinnb): | KIA Ratinnb): | ||
System: APE022 | System: APE022 | ||
KIA: | KIA: | ||
Rating. 3.5/3.8 | AK3.02 | ||
Task Standard: | Rating. 3.5/3.8 | ||
SFP Priming Pump is aligned and started | Task Standard: | ||
Preferred Evaluation Location: | SFP Priming Pump is aligned and started | ||
Simulator -In-Plant | Preferred Evaluation Location: | ||
References: | Preferred Evaluation Method: | ||
EOP Enclosure "HPI Pump Operations from ASW Pump Switchgear" | Simulator - | ||
Candidate: | In-Plant | ||
X | |||
Performance RatinR: SAT-UNSAT - | Perform - | ||
Examiner: | Simulate X | ||
References: | |||
EOP Enclosure "HPI Pump Operations from ASW Pump Switchgear" | |||
Candidate: | |||
I | |||
- | |||
Time Start: | |||
NAME | |||
Time Finish: | |||
Performance Time | |||
~ | |||
Performance RatinR: SAT- | |||
UNSAT - | |||
Examiner: | |||
I | |||
NAME | |||
SIGNATURE | |||
DATE | |||
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
NONE | |||
Nb0-039 fnl | |||
Page 3 of 10 | |||
__ | |||
Tools/auipmenffProcedu~~s | |||
Tools/auipmenffProcedu~~s | Needed: | ||
NLO-039 fnl | |||
DlRECTlON TO TRAINEE: | Pageeof 10 | ||
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | READ TO OPERATOR | ||
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I wil[ | DlRECTlON TO TRAINEE: | ||
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room | ||
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I wil[ | ||
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have | ||
A tornado has struck Unit 2 Turbine Building and destroyed the 4160 volt switchgear TC, TD, | completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. | ||
and TE. | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
it also struck the Unit 2 BWST, rupturing and draining it. | A tornado has struck Unit 2 Turbine Building and destroyed the 4160 volt switchgear TC, TD, | ||
The SSF Reactor Coolant Makeup Pump failed to start. | and TE. | ||
2A HPIP has been powered from the ASW switchgear. | it also struck the Unit 2 BWST, rupturing and draining it. | ||
The Spent Fuel Pool level is currently +I | The SSF Reactor Coolant Makeup Pump failed to start. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | 2A HPIP has been powered from the ASW switchgear. | ||
The EOP directs the operator to perform "HPI Pump Operation From ASW Pump Switchgear" | The Spent Fuel Pool level is currently +I | ||
Enclosure to align HPlPs to the SFP. | .Q feet. | ||
Another operator is aligning the HPI Suction from the SFP. | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The Control Room SRO directs you to prime the Spent Fuel Pool fill line on Unit 2 per this | The EOP directs the operator to perform "HPI Pump Operation From ASW Pump Switchgear" | ||
Enclosure, beginning at Step 20. | Enclosure to align HPlPs to the SFP. | ||
Another operator is aligning the HPI Suction from the SFP. | |||
The Control Room SRO directs you to prime the Spent Fuel Pool fill line on Unit 2 per this | |||
Enclosure, beginning at Step 20. | |||
NLO-039 fnl | |||
Page 5 of 10 | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
Step 20 | |||
Obtain bucket and rope from EOP equipment locker U2AB5. (A-5. | |||
U2 | |||
elevator lobby) | |||
Locate EOQ equipment locker U2AB5 located at A-5, U2 elevator lobby | |||
and idcaite that you would obtain a bucket and rope from the locker. | |||
Continue to Step 21. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: Inform candidate that opening the docker is not rqUiFed. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
-2: | |||
Step 21A | |||
Connect SF priming pump suction hose to quick disconnect fitting at SF- | |||
86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATEK INLET) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Candidate connects suction hose to quick disconnect fitting at SF-86, 01 | |||
verifies it is connected | |||
Continue to Step 21 B. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: | |||
Step 21 B | |||
Connect ths Spent Fuel Priming Pump suction hose to the Spent Fuel | |||
Pool Fill line connection tap on SF-85 (SF PRIMING PUMP | |||
UNDERWATER SUPPLY BLOCK). | |||
Verify the Spent Fuel Priming Pump suction hose to the Spent Fuel Pool | |||
Fill line connection tap on SF-85 (SF PRIMING PUMP UNDERWATER | |||
SUPPLY BLOCK) is connected. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Continue to Step 21C | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
_I UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
I_ UNSAT | |||
I | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
NLO-039 fnl | |||
Page 6 of 10 | |||
-4: | |||
Step 21C | |||
Open SF-85 (SF PRIMING PUMP UNDRWATER SUPPLY BLOCK) | |||
The student locates and opens SF-85 (Pool Underwater Supply Block to | |||
Priming Pump) by rotating valve operator until handle is parallel with pipe. | |||
Continue to Step 210. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Note: There is a special tool for operating SF-85 and SF-84 hanging at the South | |||
end of the Spent Fuel Pool. | |||
: | COMMENTS: | ||
-5: | |||
Step 21 D | |||
Place the flex hose on the discharge of the SF Priming Pump into the | |||
SFP. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
The student (simulates) placing the free end of discharge hose into the | |||
Spent Fuel Peel. | |||
Continue to Step 21E. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
a: | |||
Step 21 E | |||
CLOSE SF-84 (SF POOL UNDERWATER SUPPLY VENT) | |||
SF-84 (SF Pool Underwater Supply Vent) is CLOSED by rotating valve | |||
operator until handle is perpendicular to pipe. | |||
Continue to Step 21 F. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Note: There is a special tool for operating SF-85 and SF-84 hanging at the South | |||
end of the Spent Fuel Pool. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL | |||
__ SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSI | |||
~ | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSC | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
_I UNSF | |||
STEQ: | |||
Step 21 F | |||
STEQ: | Fill the SF Priming Pump Seal Tank to at least half-full with DW or water | ||
from SFP using bucket. | |||
The candidate fills the SF Priming Pump Seal Tank at least half-full using | |||
DW from the North-West end of the SFP or by using the rope and bucket | |||
to dip out of the SFP. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Note: It will take several buckets of water to fill the SF Priming Pump Seal Tank | |||
Note: It will take several buckets of water to fill the SF Priming Pump Seal Tank | half-full. | ||
Continue to Step 22 | |||
CUE: Communications have been established with operators at the ASWPump | |||
CUE: Communications have been established with operators at the ASWPump | Room and East Penetration Room. | ||
Room and East Penetration Room. | COMMENTS: | ||
COMMENTS: | Step 22 | ||
WHEN communication is established with operators in the following | |||
locations: | |||
ASW Pump Room | |||
East Pen Room | |||
THEN open SF-86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATER INLET) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Determine communications have been established with the above | |||
locations and then open SF-86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATER | |||
STANDARD: | INLET). | ||
Continue to Step 23. | |||
Cue: Communications have been established. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Cue: Communications have been established. | Nb0-039 fnl | ||
COMMENTS: | Page 7 of 10 | ||
CRITICAL TASK | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
CRITICAL TASK | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
NbO-039 fnl | |||
Page 8 of I O | |||
: | -9: | ||
Step 23 | |||
Notify operator in ASW pump Rm to start U1/2 SF PRIMING PUMP | |||
(remote starter on S wall) | |||
STANDAKD: | |||
Notify operator in ASW pump Rm to start U112 SF PRIMING PUMP | |||
Continue to Step 24. | |||
Cue: The UV2 SF PRMNG PUMP is operafing. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP IO: | |||
Step 24 | |||
IAAT seal tank level begins to rise, | |||
THEN close SF-86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATER INLET) | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Monitor seal tank level and determine it is NOT rising | |||
Continue to Step 25. | |||
Cue: Seal tank level is NOT rising. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 11 : | |||
Step 25 | |||
WHEN SFP fill line is primed (as indicated by a steady discharge stream | |||
from the SF priming pump), | |||
THEN notify Control Room of the following: | |||
HPI suction aligned to SFP fill line | |||
HPI pump cooling water status | |||
An operator is available in the E Pen Rm to throttle 1 HP-26 | |||
Monitor the hose attached to the SF priming pump discharge and | |||
determine the SFP line is primed. | |||
THEN | |||
Notify the Control Room the HPI suction is aligned to SFP fill line. | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Cue: The SFpriming pump has steady discharge stream. | |||
Cue: Notifying the Control of the last two bulieted items is not required for this | |||
JPM. | |||
L... | COMMENTS: | ||
L... | |||
STOP TIME: | ..~~. | ||
.-. | |||
__.__ | |||
END TASK | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRITICAL TASK | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
_I SAT | |||
- | |||
UNSAT | |||
- | |||
SAT | |||
__ UNSAT | |||
NLO-039 fnl | |||
Page 9 of 10 | |||
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: | |||
STEP # | STEP # | ||
Explanation | |||
Necessary to provide suction to the priming pump. | |||
Tank must be %full to provide adequate water for priming | |||
Required to provide flow path. | |||
Priming pump must operate to fill the line. | |||
4 | |||
7 | |||
8 | |||
9 | |||
NLO-039 fnl | |||
Page 20 of 10 | |||
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET | |||
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
A tornado has struck Unit 2 Turbine Building and destroyed the 4160 volt switchgear TC, TB, | A tornado has struck Unit 2 Turbine Building and destroyed the 4160 volt switchgear TC, TB, | ||
and TE. | and TE. | ||
it also struck the Unit 2 BWST, rupturing and draining it. | it also struck the Unit 2 BWST, rupturing and draining it. | ||
The SSF Reactor Coolant Makeup Pump failed to start. | The SSF Reactor Coolant Makeup Pump failed to start. | ||
2A HPlP has been powered from the ASW switchgear. | 2A HPlP has been powered from the ASW switchgear. | ||
The Spent Fuel Po01 level is currently +I . | The Spent Fuel Po01 level is currently +I .Q feet. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
The EOP directs the operator to petform HPI Pump Operation From ASW Pump Switchgear | The EOP directs the operator to petform HPI Pump Operation From ASW Pump Switchgear | ||
Enclosure to align HPlPs to the SFP. | Enclosure to align HPlPs to the SFP. | ||
Another operator js aiigning the HPI Suction from the SFP. | Another operator js aiigning the HPI Suction from the SFP. | ||
The Control Room SRO directs you to prime the Spent Fuel Pool fill line on Unit 2 per this | The Control Room SRO directs you to prime the Spent Fuel Pool fill line on Unit 2 per this | ||
Enclosure, beginning at Step 20. | Enclosure, beginning at Step 20. | ||
}} | }} | ||
Latest revision as of 01:55, 16 January 2025
| ML042190122 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Oconee |
| Issue date: | 08/17/2004 |
| From: | Ernstes M Operator Licensing and Human Performance Branch |
| To: | Bradley Jones Duke Energy Corp |
| References | |
| 50-269/04-301, 50-270/04-301, 50-287/04-301 | |
| Download: ML042190122 (199) | |
See also: IR 05000269/2004301
Text
Final Submittal
OCONEE JUNE 2004 EXAM
50-26912004-301 I
50-27012004-301, &
50-28712004-301
JUNE 14 - 18 & 25,2004
Admin-100 fnl
Page 1 of 7
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
DETERMINE SDM
WITH A DROPPED CONTROL ROD
CANDIDATE
EXAM I NER
Admin-100 fnl
Page 2 of 7
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAWNATION
Task:
DETERMINE SBM WITH A DROPPED CONTROL ROD
Alternate Path:
Facllitv JPM #:
. .
. .
KIA Ratindsk
Gsn 2.1 2 3
3.9/4.0
Task Standard:
PT/l/Ni lOW15, Reactivity Balance Procedure is used to verify > 1% SDM with one inoperable (dropped) CR within
I hour. Determine that 1% SDM does not exist and boratlon is required within 15 minutes.
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator --X-.-
In-Plant
~
Perform
Simulate -
References:
PT/I/Af1103/15, Reactivity Balance Procedure
AP/l/NI 70011 5, Dropped Control Rods
Technical Specifications:
3.1.4, Control Rod Group Alignment Limits
3.2.1, Regulating Rod Position Limits
Validation Time: 10 min.
Time Critical: YES
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Candidate:
Time Start:
NAME
Time Finish:
Performance Ratinq SAT ~
UNSAT -
Performance Time
Examiner:
-
/
NAME
SkNATURE
DATE
COMMENTS
Admin-100 fnl
Page 3 of 7
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Recall Snap 205
2. Import Admin-7 OR Simulator files
Admin-100 fnl
Page 4 of 7
Teo%s/EcluipmentEProcedures
Needed:
PT/1/A/1103/8157 Reactivity Balance Procedure
OP/0/A/1105/009, Control Rod Drive System
Technical Specifications:
3.4.4,
Control Rod Group Alignment Limits
3.2.1,
Regulating Rod Position Limits
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
You are the Unit 1 OAYC and Group 6 Rod 3 has dropped into the core. Reactor power is stable
at = 55%. AP/l/a/l700/15, Dropped Control Rods, has been completed up to step 4.5.
INITIATING CUES:
The SWO in the Control Room directs you to continue with AP/l/a/1700/15, Dropped Control
Rods.
TIME CRITICAL
Admin-100 fnl
Page 5 of 7
START TIME:
STEQ:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Within one hour verify > 1% SDM with allowance to the inoperable control
rod. Perform PT/l/A/1103/15. Reactivity Balance Procedure.
Obtain copy of PT/l/A/1103/15, Reactivity Balance Procedure.
STEP:
STANDARD:
Determine proper enclosure to use.
Enclosure 13.19, Shutdown Margin at Power, Is chosen.
I COMMENTS:
Refer to the COLR. Use the "Control Rod Position Setpoints 1 inoperable
Rod, 4 Pump Flow" curve. Verify SDM is 2 1% AWK by verifying that the
control rod position and power level are within the acceptable region of
the curve.
SDM is determined to be is s 1% AUK.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
-4:
STANDARD:
Appropriate actions are taken per ITS 3.1.4, 3.1.5 and 3.2.1.
Refer to IT§ 3.1.4, 3.1.5 and 3.2.1 and determine that initiation of
boration to restore SDM to within limits is required within 15 minutes.
CUE !nnfesrPp student that an RQ is commencing boration.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK
-
-
UNSAT
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRlTICPab STEP
-
__ UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
TIME STOP:
Admin-100 fnl
Page 6 of 7
-STEPEs.P.LANATI
0 NS :
STEP #
Explanation
3
Step is necessary, the operator must interpret the 4 WCP curve to ensure adequate
SDM.
Step is necessary; initiation of boration must QCCW within 15 minutes to restore SDM.
4
Admin-100 fnl
Page 7 of 7
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
You are the Unit 1 OATC and Group 6 Rod 3 has dropped into the core. Reactor power is stable
at = 55%. AP/t/A/1700/15, Dropped Control Rods, is complete up to step 4.5.
INlTlATlNG CUES:
The SWO in the Control Room directs you to continue with AP/l/PJl700/f5, Dropped Control
Rods.
TIME CRITICAL
Acimin-103 fnl
Page 1 of 10
REGION ll
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Ad m i n - I
03
PERFORM MANUAL RCS LEAKAGE CALCULATION
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
Admin-103 fnl
Page 2 of 10
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
PERFORM MANUAL RCS LEAKAGE CALCULATION
Alternate Path:
No
Facilitv JPM #:
CRO-43
WA Ratindsl:
Gen 2.1.7
3.714.4
Task Standard:
RCS Leakage is correctly calculated within .Q1 gpm of attached key.
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator ~
In-Plant
References:
PT/O/A/060O/OQI A, Loss Of Computer
PT/IiA/600/10. Reactor Coolant Leakage
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform X
Simulate -
Examiner:
/
NAME
SIGNATURE
DATE
Admin-I03 fnl
Page 3 of 10
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
Poolsl~suipmenffProcedures Needed:
Enclosure 43.3 of PTIl/N600/10
Admin-103 fnl
Page4of 10
READ PO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reporis on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
lNlTiAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 1 computer repairs are expected to be extended through turnover for hardware
replacement. The boss of Computer procedure PTl/O/A/0600/001A, boss Of Computer, is in
progress, however an RCS Leakage Calculation has not been performed during this shift.
INITIATING CUES:
The Control ROOM SRO directs you to perform a manual RCS leakage per PT/1/,4/600/10
(Reactor Coolant Leakage). The initial data given was collected one hour previously. Use the
final set of leakage data and manually calculate the RCS leakage rate. Enclosure 13.3 of
PT/I/N600/10 (Reactor Coolant Leakage) is complete up to step 2.2.
Admin-103 fnl
Page 5 of 10
START TIME:
Note: Data cues are only applicable if JPM is performed in the control
room.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 2.2
After 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, Record final set of data in "Table #I"
Student enters final set of data into "Table #I" of Enclosure 13.3 (Manual
Leakage Calculation Data Sheet).
CUE: Present student with aifachment of final data readings.
Student locates Prr level gauge on UBI and enters value on data sheet.
CUE: Pzr Level 269.0 inches
Student locates Quench Tank level on AB1 and enters value on data
sheet.
CUE: Quench Tank Level 84.9 inches
Student locates LDST level gauge on UBI and enters value on data
sheet.
CUE: LDST Leveel 73.4 inches
Student locates Tave meter on UB1 and enters value on data sheet.
CUE: Tave Indication 579.0"F
Student locates Power meters on UBI and enters value on data sheet
CUE: Power Range N! indicates 100.1%
Student locates RCS NR Pressure chart on UBI and enters value on
data sheet.
CUE: RCS NR Pressure chart 2450 psig
Student locates Group 7 Control Rod Position on the Computer and
enters value on data sheet.
CUE: Group 7 Control Rod Position is 93.6%
I
-
UNSAT
Adrnin-103 fnl
P a g e 6 0 f 1 0
-.
Step 2.3
Calculate and record Change values in "Table #I" of Enclosure 13.3
(Manual Leakage Calculation Data Sheet).
STANDARD
Student performs calculation and records Change values in "Table #?"
Enclosure 13.3 (Manual Leakage Calculation Data Sheet).
COMMENTS:
Step 2.4
Calculated Corrected PZW Level Change:
STANDARD:
(- 6.831 inchesl" F x
O F) =+ 1.0 inches = 0.3169 inches
COMMENTS:
Step 2.5
Convert Corrected PZR Level Change to gallons:
STANDARD:
0.3269 inches X 14.364 gAlofls/inch =
gallons
COMMENTS:
-5:
Step 2.6
Convert QT Level Change to gallons:
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
-
UNSAT
-
UNSAT
~
I
UNSAT
Admin-103 fnl
-.
-9
of 10
STEP:
Step 4.7
Convert LDST Level Change to gallons:
COMMENTS:
-.
..
-9:
Step 2.8
Calculated Total Volume Change:
STANDARD :
4.552 gallons + - q0.482 gallons + I- 9.287 qallons) = - 25.247 gallons
COMMENTS:
STEP:
Step 2.9
Calculate RCS Leakage Rate:
STANDARD: - 45.217 gallons '60 minutes = - 0.254 gpm (k .01 gprn)
COMMENTS:
_ .
_.
~..
END
.. . TASK
.. .-
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL TAS
-
-
UNSAT
STOP TIME:
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
Admin-103 fnl
Page 8 of 10
STEP #
Explanation
8
Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate.
Note: If complamenery errors occur while performing calculations is steps 3 - 7 they
will become critical. Credit will not be given for obtaining the correct answer for the
wrong reason.
Manuai RCS Leakage Final Data
7 -
Para meter
~ Time
-~
Quehch Tank Level
....
__
Tave Indication
Power ~ a n b e
NI
__
NR Pr&sure
...
. .
... ...
!..
...
Grouo 7 Control Rod Position
Final
0115
I
21 9.8 inches
84.9 inches
Ei79.0"F --I
Admin-I03 fnl
Page 9 of 10
Admin-103 fnl
Page 10 of 10
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 1 computer repairs are expected to be extended through turnover for hardware
replacement. The Loss of Computer procedure PT/O/A/0600/001A, Loss Of Computer, is in
progress, however an RCS Leakage Calculation has not been performed during this shift.
INITIATING CUES:
The Control Room SRO directs you to perform a manual RCS leakage per PT/I/A/600/10
(Reactor Coolant Leakage). The initial data given was collected one hour previously. Use the
final set of leakage data and manually calculate the RCS leakage rate. Endosure 13.3 of
PT/il/A/600/10 (Reactor Coolant Leakage) is complete up to step 2.2.
Adrnin-110 fnl
Page 1 of 9
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Admin-I I O
Determine Minimum Shift Staffing
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
Admin-I I O fnl
Page 2 of 9
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
Determine MINIMUM staffing requirements for the shift for NEQ's, RQs and SRQs
Alternate Path:
Facilitv JPM #:
Ad
KIA Ratinals):
Gen214
2.313.4
Task Standard:
SLC 16.13.1-1 (Minimum Station Staffing Requirements) is used to correctly determine MINIMUM staffing
requirements for the shift.
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator -
in-Plant
X
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform
~
Simulate 2
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
Admin-I 10 fnl
Page 3 of 9
Admin-I 10 fnl
Page 4 of 9
Toolsl~uuipmentlProcedures Needed:
SLC 16.13.1-1
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT:
I will explain the initiab conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Plant conditions are as following:
Unit 1 is in MODE 5 with fuel handling in the SFP in progress
Unit 2 is in MODE 1 at 73% with 28 HPlP OOS for the last 85 hours9.837963e-4 days <br />0.0236 hours <br />1.405423e-4 weeks <br />3.23425e-5 months <br />
Unit 3 is in MODE 1 at 700% power
2 on-shift NEO's are qualified as fire brigade leader
1 RP Tech is fire brigade qualified
INITIATING CUE:
What are the MlNlMUM staffing requirements for the shift?
..... .-
I
.
......
Minimum Number
.~.-~.
t ...
.
'
_
.
I
!
~~~~
~
I
~~~~
..
.......
!
-.
-.
~ NIA
!
!
Chemistry Technician
~ N/A
i
-.
....
.......
!
.-... d
...~ l-r
I
Admin-I10 fnl
Page 5 of 9
START TIME:
STEP 1 :
Reference SLC 16.13.1
STANDARD:
Reference SLC 16.13.1-1 table
COMMENTS:
...~
....
STEP 2:
Reference SLC 16.13.1-1 for plant conditions
STANDARD:
Determine correct table to be used:
Column for 2 units in MODE 1-4 from two control rooms based on:
Unit 1 is in MODE 5 with fuel handling in the SFP in progress
Unit 2 is in MODE I
at 73% with 28 HPlP 00s for the last 85
hours
Unit 3 is in MODE 1 at 100% power
COMMENTS:
-3:
Determine correct number from column for 2 units in MODE 1-4 from two
control rooms
1 QSM. 1 STA. 5 SRO, 5 RO, and 8 NE0
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
=:
STANDARD:
Determine that available NE0 is fire brigade leader qualified
2 on-shifi NEO's are qualified as fire brigade leader
1 RP Tech is fire brigade qualified
COMMENTS:
__ UNSAT
-..-.___
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
~
__ UNSAT
Admin-110 fnl
Page 6 of 9
-
UNSAT
-
I_ UNSAT
-5:
STANDARD:
Adjust total staffing numbers per Step 4
Subtract 1 SRO based on NE0 qualified as fire brigade leader:
1 OSM, 1 STA, 4 SRO, 5 RO, and 8 NE0
COMMENTS:
Reference TS 3.5.2.B
Determine that TS 3.5.2.B is applicable:
28 HPlP 00s for z 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
-7:
Adjust total staffing numbers per Step 6
STANDARD:
Add 1 80 based on TS 3.5.2.8
applying
1 OSM, 1 STA. 4 SRO, 6 RO. and 8 NE0
COMMENTS:
STEP:
STANDARD:
Adjust total staffing numbers per Step 7
Add 2 NEOs based on TS 3.5.2.8 applying
1 OSM, 1 STA, 4 SRO, 6 RO, and IJ
NE0
COMMENTS:
___ SAT
-
UNSAT
-
~
UNSAT
Admin-I 10 fnl
Page 7 of 9
CRITICAL STEP
-
_I_ UNSAT
Position
STEP:
Determine total staffing requirements
STANDARD:
1 OSM. I
Minimum Number
1
..
I I qo
I NIA
Chemistry Technician
I NIA
RP Technician
1 NIA
._
.~
COMMENTS:
TIME STOP:
Admin-110 fni
Page 8 of 9
CRlTlCAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
Determine staffing requirements
Admin-110 fnl
Page 9 of 9
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPQN COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Plant conditions are as following:
Unit 1 is in MODE 5 with fuel handling in the §FP in progress
Unit 2 is in MODE I at. 73% with 28 HPlP 00s for the last 85 hours9.837963e-4 days <br />0.0236 hours <br />1.405423e-4 weeks <br />3.23425e-5 months <br />
Unit 3 is in MODE Z at 100% power
2 on-shift NEO's are qualified as fire brigade leader
1 RP Tech is fire brigade qualified
INITIATING CUE:
What are the MINIMUM staffing requirements for the shift?
I
I
t-
I
I30
I NIA
... ..
.....
' ...
I ::rlstry
Technician
, NIA
k--Technician
I NIA
..
Adrnin-202 fnl
Page 1 of 7
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Ad m i n -2 02
Perform surveillance to verify SSF RCMUP Operability
CANDIDATE
EXaMINER
Admin-202 fnl
Page 3 of 7
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
Adrnin-202 fnl
Page 4 of 7
ToolslEquipmenffPrasehiures Needed:
a
PT/I/N0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance), Encl. 13.1 (Mode 1 & 2) Page 35 of
36
Q
Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve of OQ/O/N1108/001
(Curves And General Information)
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and slate the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CQNDITIONS:
112EOC20 outage in progress
a
Unit 2 was shutdown (subcritical) on 3120104 at 0100
- Unit 2 core is defueled
- Spent Fuel Pool Level = +0.1 feet
Spent Fuel Pool Temperature = 91°F
- Current date and time: 3/26/04 at 1100
Q
PT/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 in progress
INITIATING CUE§:
The SRO instructs you to continue with PT/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 starting at the top of page
35.
Admin-202 fnl
Page 5 of 7
START TIME:
Determine if 811 fuel in SFP subcritical > maximum days specified on
Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve
STANDARD:
Refer to Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature
Curve of OP/l108/001. Determine that Unit 2s fuel has been subcritical
for 6 days and 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />. This is < than the maximum days specified on
Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve.
COMMENTS:
Verify SFP level > specified on appropriate curve of Enclosure Unit 1&2
Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve.
STANDARD:
Determine that the correct curve is Day > 6 & 5 7.
ent Fuel Pool water temperature is 98°F by looking on SFP
auge on 2AB3 or on the OAC
Pool water level is + 0.10 feet by looking on SFP
Cue: When a SFP temperature indication is located indicate to the candidate that
SFP temperature = 98F
Determine Spent Fuei Pool water level is + 0.10 feet by looking on SFP
Level gauge on 2AB3.
Cue: When the Unit 1 i% 2 SFP level indication is located indicate to the candidate
that SFP Level = + 0.7 feet.
Determine that SFP level is NOT > than the appropriate curve
COMMENTS:
STEP:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
If limit exceeded, SSF RCMUP is inoperable.
Declare the SSF RCMUQ inoperable.
CRITICAL STEP
__ SAT
I
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
_I_ SAT
-
UNSAT
-
CRITICAL STEP
-
_I_ UNSAT
- TOP TIME
Admin-202 fnl
Page 6 of 7
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP tc
Explanation
I
Must determine that some fuel has been subcritical e than the maximum days
specified on Enclosure Unit 1&2 Spent Fuel Pool Level Vs Temperature Curve
Required to determine is SFP level is adequate.
SSF RCMUP is declared inoperable.
2
3
Adrnin-202 fnl
Page 7 of 7
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
e
U2EOC20 outage in progress
- Unit 2 was shutdown (subcritical) on 3/20/04 at 0100
Unit 2 core is defueled
e
Spent Fuel Pool Level = +0.1 feet
Spent Fuel Pool Temperature = 91°F
Current date and time: 3/26/04 at 1100
PP/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 in progress
INITIATING CUES:
The SRO instructs you to continue with PT/600/001, Enclosure 13.1 starting at the top of page
35.
Admin-300 fnl
Page 1 of 8
REGION ll
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Ad m i n -300
Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time
Within Emergency Dose Limits (EDL)
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
Admin-300 fnl
Page 2 of 8
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within Emergency Dose Limits
Alternate Path:
Facilitv JPM #:
KIA Ratinds):
Gen 2.3.4
2.5B.1
Task Standard:
Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within Emergency Dose Limits (k 5 minutes).
__
Examiner:
I
NAME
SIGNATURE
DATE
Adrnin-300 fnl
Page 3 of 8
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
ToolsiEsuiiprnenffProcedur~~
Needed:
None
Admin-300 fnl
Page 4 of 8
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be
performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports
on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned
task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1. Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred OR Unit 3
2. Emergency Dose Limits are in effect
3. NEQ A has received 2.26 R TEBE this year
4. The following tasks are required to be performed:
. . . . . . .
~.
. . . .
. .
. . .
p
1 .....
.. , .TASK
...
TIME REQUIRED
...
1.
O O S k . k r A
. . . . . . . . . . .
I
1 I Closing 3~-573
I
12 min
5.31 Whr
I
Open all Unit 3s ADVs
3.65 Whr
Note: Assume no dose received while travelling between tasks.
INITIATING CUE:
Refer to the above information. NEQ A has completed tasks 1 and 2 in the time required. How long does he
have to complete task 3 without exceeding his Emergency Dose Limits?
Admin-300 fnl
Page 5 of 0
START TIME:
Note: Candidate may perform these steps in a different order however the calculated stay time should be
correct.
Note: Candidate should understand the following:
1. EDL is 5 R per event (LOW or SGTR).
2.
Current exposure for the year is not counted toward the Emergency Dose Limit (EDb).
-1:
Determine dose received while performing task 1.
STANDARD:
Determine dose received while performing task 1.
5.31 Whr X 1hr/60 min X 12 min = 1.06 R
COMMENTS:
Determine dose received while performing task 2.
STANDARD:
Determine dose received while performing task 2.
19.75 Whr X 1 hr/60 min X 4 min = 1.32 R
COMMENTS:
-3:
Determine dose remaining from EDLs.
STANDARD:
Determine dose remaining from EDLs.
5R - 1 ..06R - 1.32R = 2.62 R
COMMENTS :
CRITICAL STEP
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
UNSAT
STEP:
STANDARD:
Available Dose =
Dose Rate
COMMENTS:
Determine time available for the NE0 to complete task 3 without
exceeding EDL.
Stay time is calculated to be:
= ,728 hr X
= 43.1 min
3.65 Rlhr
1 hr
(i 5 minutes)
...~
END OF TASK
.,,..
..
Admin-300 fnl
-. . Page6 o f 8
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
Admin-300 fnl
Page 7 of 8
CRITICAL STEP. EXPLANATIONS:
STE? #
Explanation
4
2
3
4
Required to calculate stay time.
Required to calculate stay time.
Required to calculate stay time.
Required to calculate stay time.
Admin-300 fnl
Page 8 of 8
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1. Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred on Unit 3
2. Emergency Dose Limits are in effect
3. NE0 "A" has received 2.26 R TEDE this year
4. The following tasks are required to be performed:
......
.
~.
~
.......
..
r.- #I TIME REQUIRED-. D
O
S
E
RATE
.....
... ...TASK
~
.... .~
.:
Closing 3C-573
5.31 Rfhr
Open 3FDW-313 ..
Note: Assume no dose received while traveling between tasks.
lNlTlATlNG CUE:
Refer to the above information. NE0 "A" has completed tasks 1 and 2 in the time required. How long does he
have to complete task 3 without exceeding his Emergency Dose Limits?
Admin-402 fnl
Page 1 of 14
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Admin-402
Perform Actions for Medical Emergency
CANDIDATE
EXAM IN ER
Admin-402 fnl
Page 2 of 14
REGION I1
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
Perform Actions for Medical Emergency
Alternate Path:
Facility JPM #
KIA Ratinds):
System: GEN
WA:
2.4.39
Rating:
Task Standard:
Complete RP/lOO01016, Encl. 4.1 (Medical Response) as required
Preferred Evaluatlon Location:
Simulator __ In-Plant
References:
RPllOOO/O16, Encl. 4.4 (Medical Response)
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform -
Simulate
Admin-402 fnl
Page 3 of 14
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
Admin-402 fnl
Page 4 of 14
ToolslEuuipmenffP~ocedures Needed:
RP/1QQQ/OI6, Encl. 4.1 (Medical Emergency Action - Routine Operations)
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1. You have answered a call on 491 1 (emergency line) repofling a medical emergency.
2. The caller is still on the line.
INITIATING CUES:
The SRQ in the control room instructs you perform the required actions for a medical
emergency.
START TIME:
STEP:
STANDARD:
Determine the appropriate procedure to use.
RP/OiB/lOQQi016 (Medical Response) is referenced and Enclosure 4. I
(Medical Emergency Actions - Routine Operations) is determined to be
the appropriate procedure to use. Enclosure 4.1 is obtained from
notebook located in the front of the control room desk or from the cart in
the TSC.
Cue: When procedure is located give candidate a copy of Enclosure 4. f.
COMMENTS:
Step 1.2
Complete the following accident information:
Name of person reporting injury
Call back number
Name of person injured
Supervisor of injured person
e
Location injury occurred
Brief description of injury
Time
Note: The evaluator will play the role of the person reporting the injury. Answer
questions by referring to the Medical Emergency Phone Call Information Sheet.
STANDARD:
The candidate obtains the above information from the evaluator by
asking the appropriate questions and completes step 1.2 correctly.
Note: Refer to the completed procedure as an answer key.
COMMENTS:
Admin-402 fnl
Page 5 of 24
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
___I SAT
I
UNSAT
. ..
.. ~.
~ . .
....
STEQ:
Step 1.3
IF There is a Security Event in progress,
THEN Continue with ...
STANDARD:
Cue: lf asked, inform candidate a Security Event is not in progress.
COMMENTS:
Determine a Security vent is not in progress and NIA step 1.3.
- -
__
...~
.
___
STEP:
Step 1.4.1
Use Plant Page to request all MERT members to respond to the incident.
The phone is used to access the Plant Page and request all MERT
members to respond to the incident.
STANDARD:
Cue: inform candidate to simulate onjy.
COMMENTS:
-5:
Step 1.4.2
Use the radio paging system to request MERT members to respond to
the incident.
o
o
Transmit "Standby for Emergency Message"
Press the "instant Call" button labeled "MERT"
Wait for the red "Transmit" light on the radio to turn off
Transmit message
STANDARD:
The radio paging system is used to request MERT members to respond
to the incident by:
Transmit "Standby for Emergency Message"
Press the "instant Call" button labeled "MERT"
Wait for the red "Transmit" light on the radio to turn off
Transmit message "MERT members respond to a medical
emergency in the Unit 3 clean side of the change room.'r
Note: The red "Transmit" light is normally green and is located next to the "MERT"
button on the radio.
Cue: hnform candidate to simulate only.
COMMENTS:
Admin-402 fnl
Page 6 of 14
...
CRITICAL STEP
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAIT
-
~
UNSAT
Admin-402 fnl
Page 7 of 14
Step 1.4.3
Repeat steps 1.4.1 and 1.4.2
The Plant Page and the radio paging system are used a second time to
request MERT members to respond to the incident.
STANDARD:
Cue: h f o m candidate to simukaite only.
COMMENTS:
STEP 7:
Step 1.4.4
Call Securitv at one of the followina extensions and request they have
security M&T members respondio the emergency
SAS (Secondary Alarm Station) 2205 or 2767
CAS (Central Alarm Station) 2222 or 2958
e
STANDARD:
Security is notified at one of the above extensions and are requested to
have security MERT members respond to the emergency.
Cue: Inform candidate to simulate only.
COMMENTS:
Step 1.4.5
IF The incident location is away from the rn ain plant (WOE, Complex,
Keowee Hydro, etc.) and incident occurs during normal working hours,
THEN Notify shuttle Bus ...
STANDARD:
Determine that this step does not apply and N/A step 1.4.5
COMMENTS:
Step 1.5
IF A mass casualty event has occurred or is suspected, and a centralized
treatment area is needed. and plant conditions allow,
THEN Make a PA Announcement ...
STANDARD:
Determine that this step does not apply and N/A step 1.5
COMMENTS:
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
-
UNSAT
__
_I UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
STEP IO:
Step 1.6
IF Hospital evacuation is needed as determined by MERT Command or
as indicated by Step 1.6.1,
THEN Arrange transport of patient to the hospital by one of the following
means:
EMS (ambulance)
Dial 9-91 1 from the Operations Shift Manager's phone or Unit 1
Control Room SROs phone or dial 91 1 from the bell South line - Unit
1: 2, and 3 Control Rooms. Refer to Step 1.6.2, prior to requesting
EMS.
Company vehicle (less serious injury)
Personal vehicle (less serious injury)
e
STANDARD:
Ambulance is requested by calling 9-91 1. Ambulance is requested to
come to Oconee Nuclear Station.
COMMENTS:
I
STEP 11:
Step 1.6.1
IF Any of the following illnesses or injuries are reported on the emergency
line (491 I)
THEN Immediately request EMS (ambulance) to respond to the site:
Unconsciousness
COMMENTS:
STEP 12:
step 1.6.2
IF The patient is known or suspected to be radiologically contaminated,
THEN Have the EMS dispatcher inform the EMS personnel to expect a
contaminated person.
STANDARD:
Determine that this step does not apply and NIA step 1.6.2
Cue: !tasked, inform candidate that the patient is NOT wntaminabed.
COMMENTS:
I
Admin-402 fnl
Page 8 of 14
CRITICAL STEP
_I SAT
__ UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
__ SAT
UNSAT
Admin-402 fnl
Page 9 of 24
STEP 13:
Step 1.6.3
Notify Security at 2222 that the ambulance is enroute
Security is notified that the ambulance is enroute
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 14:
Step 1.6.4
Notify M E N Command that the ambulance is enroute.
STANDARD:
Cue: lnforrn candidate to sirnulate only.
COMMENTS:
MERT Command is notified via radio that the ambulance is enroute.
STEP 15:
Step 1.6.5
Nstify World of Energy Duty Person (Ext. 4602 or Pager #777-9414).
STANDARD:
Cue: lnforrn candidate to simulate only.
COMMENTS:
World of Energy Duty Person is notified by phone.
STEP 16:
Step 1.7
Notify the Occupational Health Unit at ONS during normal working hours
(4652).
Occupational Health Unit at ONS is notified by phone.
STANDARD;
Cue: lnforrn candidate to simulate only.
COMMENTS:
STEP 17:
Step 1.8
IF Radiological contamination is involved and the person is being sent to
a hospital.
THEN Complete ...
Determine that this step does not apply and N/A step 1.8.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
~
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
I
_I_ UNSAT
_I SAT
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
Admin-402 fnl
Page 10 of 14
STEP 18:
Step 1.9
Remind MERT Command that a Patient Treatment Form needs to be
completed for all patients and that the completed form is to be sent to the
Medical Unit for inclusion in the patients medical file.
MERT Command is informed that a Patient Treatment Form needs to be
completed and sent to the Medical Unit.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 19:
Step 1.10
After normal working hours the Operations Shift Manager or designee
shall report the following incidents to ONS Safety 5uty Person who will
determine if additional people need to be notified.
Determine that this step does not apply and NIA step 1 . I O
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 20:
Step 1.11
Verif), the following notification in the event of a fatality or injuries to 3 or
more people:
Determine that this step does not apply and N/A step I .I
1
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 21:
Step 1.12
Notify STA to make appropriate notifications of the transport of an
employee to an off site medical facility.
Notify the STA by phone or in person to make appropriate notifications of
the transport of an employee to an off site medical facility.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
-
__ UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
__ SAT
__II UNSAT
Admin-402 fnl
Page 11 of 14
STEP 22:
Step 1.13
IF A death, near death, or major traumatic inju ry...
Determine step does not apply and NIA Step 1 .I3
STANBARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 23:
Step 1.14
The Operations Shifl Manager (OSM) or designee shall ensure
notification of next of kin, if applicable.
e
Fatality - Appropriate Division Manager performs notifications
Injury requiring hospitalization - Employee's Supervisor or Manager
perform notification
STANBARD:
Inform the OSM to perform this step as required.
COMMENTS:
STEP 24:
Step 2.15
Submit completed Enclosure 4.1, (Medical Emergency Action -Routine
Operations).to the Emergency Planning Section
Indicate that form would be submitted to the Emergency Planning
Section.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STOP TIME:
I
-
UNSAT
__ SAT
__
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
AdMin-402 fnl
Page 12 of 14
Medical Emergency Phone Call Information Sheet
1. Name person calling
John Adams
2. Call back number
2322
3. Name of injured person
David Smith
4. Supervisor of injured person
Allan Jones
5. Location injury occurred
Unit 3 HPI Pump Room
The injured is currently located in the clean side of Unit 3s change room (srd
floor Aux Building).
Injured is NOT contaminated
The injured stood up to put on his hard hat and hit his head on a cable tray
resulting in a laceration to tog of head. The wound is continuing to bleed. The
injured is unconscious.
6. Description of injury
7. Time
Current time
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
Admin-402 fnl
Page 13 of 14
STEP #
Explanation
Need to select the correct procedure.
Need the correct information to ensure proper actions are taken.
1
2
3
4
Need to activate MERT.
Need to determine a security event is not in progress so that MERT can be called.
10
Ambulance has to be requested.
14
MERT command should be notified so that the injured can be taken to the pickup
point.
Admin-402 fnl
Page 14 of 14
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1. You have answered a call on 491 1 (emergency line) reporting a medical emergency.
2. The caller is still on the line.
INITIATING CUES:
The SRO in the control room instructs you perform the required actions for a. medical
emergency.
Admin-403 fnl
Page 1 of 8
REGION II
I N IT I AL L I C ENS E EXAM I NATION
Ad rn i n -40 3
Dete rm i ne E merge n cy C lass if i cat ion and Protective
Action Recommendations
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
Admin-403 fnl
Page 2 of 8
REGION I1
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
Determine Emergency Classification and Protective Action Recommendations
Alternate Path:
FacilitvJPM #:
s
KIA Ratinnk):
Gen 2.4.38
2.2/4.0
Task Standard:
Appropriate classification is determined and associated Protective Action Recommendations are made
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator
In-Plant
X
References:
RP/O/B/1000/01
RP/OlB/l000/02
BASIS Document (Volume A. Section D of the Emergency Plan)
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform -
Simulate 2
Examiner:
I
NAME
SIGNATURE
DATE
Admin-403 fnl
Page 3 of 8
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
Admin-403 fnl
Page 4 of 8
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
RPlOlB/lO00101
RPIQIBIZ QOOlO2
BASIS Document (Volume A, Section D of the Emergency Plan)
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. S will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
8800: Civil demonstration occurring at the World of Energy by anti-nuke activists.
0900: Security reports to the OSM that, one or more persons has been observed cutting their
way through the double security fences. RP/Q/B/1000l007 (Security Event) is being
used in conjunction with the Emergency Plan.
0905: intruders have been seen entering the SSF. Security has isolated the area around the
SSF.
0910: Security reports that an explosion has occurred on the Keowee Barn and that water is
beginning to leak through the dam in several places.
0930: Security reports that no additional bombs were found and that no additional intruders
have been located.
NOTE: All three Oconee Units remain in MODE 1 at 100% power during this event.
INITIATING CUE:
You are to perform the required actions of the Emergency Coordinator by referring lo
RP/Q/BI1 QOO/OI, Emergency Classification and determining the emergency classification and
any Protective Action Recommendations.
Admin-403 fnl
Page 5 of 8
START TIME:
Classify the Event
Refer to RP/O/B/lOOO/Ol (Emergency Classification) Enclosure 4.6
(FireslExplosions and Security Actions.
Classify the event as a "Site Area Emergency" due to following:
Bomb detonated in Keowee Dam
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Determine Protective Action Recommendations
Refer to RP/O/B/1OOO/OO2 (Control Room Emergency Coordinator
Procedure) and GO TO Enclosure 4.2 (Site Emergency)
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS
IF It has been determined that an Emergency Action bevel for an
Initiating Conditions has been met,
THEN Declare a Site Area Emergency
Time of Declaration: -
Determine Initiating Conditions have been met and Declare a Site Area
Emergency due to:
e
Determine Time of Declaration is pressnt time.
Bomb detonated in Keowee Dam
Imminent /actual failure of the Keowee Hydro dam
CRITICAL s'
__ SAT
__ UNSAl
-
UNSA'
-
-
UNSA-
Admin-403 hi
Page 6 of 8
Appoint a person to maintzin the Emergency Coordinator Log OR
maintain the log yourself.
A person is appointed to maintain the Emergency Coordinator Log or
indicate that you will maintain the log.
STANDARD:
Cue: Masked, indicate someone is maintaining the Emergency Coordinator Log.
COMMENTS:
Appoint Control Room Offsite Communicator(s).
A Control Room Offsite Communicator is appointed.
STANDARD:
Cue: If asked, indicate a Control Room Offsite Communicator has been appointed.
COMMENTS:
STEP:
STANDARD :
Provide the Protective Action Recommendations from Enclosure 4.7.
(Condition A I Condition B Response Action). Step 1 .O, for use by the
Offsite Communicator if a Condition A, Imminent or Actual Dam Failure,
exists.
Enclosure 4.7, (Condition A I Condition B Response Action) is used to
determine that the following protective action recommendations are given
to Oconee and Pickens County:
1, Provide the following recommendation for Emergency Notification
Form Section 15 (B)
Evacuate:
Move residents living downstream of the Keowee Hydro
Project dams to higher ground.
2. Provide the following recornmendation for Emergency Notification
Form Section 15 (El) Other:
Prohibit traffic flow across bridges identified on your
inundation maps until the danger has passed.
Cue: If asked, inform the candidate that Keowee Dam failure is imminent
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK
'IME STOP:
-
__ UNSAT
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
Admin-403 fnl
Page 7 of a
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
The candidate needs to be able to utilize the procedure and determine that a Site
Area Emergency needs to be declared.
The candidate must be abk? to make recommendations to the local agencies as to
what actions are necessary to protect the health and safety of the public.
I
6
Admin-403 fnl
Page 8 of 8
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
I INITIAL CONDITIONS:
0800: Civil demonstration occurring at the World of Energy by anti-nuke activists.
0900: Security reports to the QSM that, one or more persons has been observed cutting their
way through the double security fences. RP/O/B/1000/087 (Security Event) is being
used in conjunction with the Emergency Plan.
0905: Intruders have been seen entering the SSF. Security has isolated the area around the
SSF.
091 0: Security reports that an explosion has occurred on the K ~ O W W
Dam and that water is
beginning to leak through the dam in several places.
0930: Security reports that no additional bombs were found and that no additional intruders
have been located.
NOTE: All three Oconee Units remain in MODE 1 at 100% power during this event.
INITIATING CUE:
YOU are to perform the required actions of the Emergency Coordinator by referring to
RP/O/B/'l OOOlOI , Emergency Classification and detWmiRing the emergency classification and
any Protective Action Recommendations.
CRO-12A fnl
Page 1 of 11
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
CRO-Ol2A
RECOVER A DROPPED CONTROL ROD
CANDIDATE
EXAM IN ER
CRO-12A fnl
Page2of11
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
RECOVER A DROPPED CONTROL ROD
Alternate Path:
Facilitv JPM #
WA Ratinats):
System: APE 005
KIA:
AA2.03
Rating: 3.5/4.4
Task Standard:
Unit is tripped manually upon receipt of second dropped rod
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator
InPlant __
References:
APIIIAII 700/15 (1 0110102)
OQIQINI 105/09 (1 1/21/02)
T.S. 3.1 4
OMP 1-18
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform X Simulate -
Candidate:
Time Start:
NAME
Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT-
UNSAT -
Performance Time _I_
CRO-12A fnl
Page 3 of 1 I
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
I.
Recall Snap 206
2. Import files for CRQ-128
3. GotoRUN
CRO-12A fnl
Page 4 of 11
Too~s/~quipmentl8rocedures
Needed:
Enclosure 5.3 of APlOlI (Recovery From Loss of Power)
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shali be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit #I
dropped a control rod in Group 6 approximately one hour ago and the unit is stable at
55%.
The Subsequent Actions of AP/15, DROPPED CONTROL RODS, have been completed
through step 4.9.
Shutdown Margin calculation has been run to verify that an adequate SBM exists.
Systems Duty Engineer has been notified and no special maneuvering instructions are
required,
Enclosure 4.10 of OP/O/A/I 105/09 has been completed up tu step 2.0.
INITIATING CUE::
The Control Room SRO informs you that the problem has been corrected and that recovery of
the dropped rod can now begin.
CR0-12A fnl
Page 5 of 11
START TIME:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 2.1
Take manual control of rods at the Diamond Control Station:
Ensure the SG Master in HAND
Ensure the Diamond Station in MANUAL
The manual pushbutton for the SG Master handlauto station is
depressed. The White Hand light comes ON and the Red Auto light -Jes
OFF.
The AUTOlMANUAL pushbutton on the Diamond Control Panel is
depressed; the MANUAL half of the Push Button is back lighted.
Location 1 UB1
STEP:
Step 2.2
Ensure group with drcppedlrnisaligned rod selected on the Group Select
Switch.
STANDARD:
GKOUP SELECT SWITCH on 1UB1 is located by the student and
rotated to Group 6.
COMMENTS:
m:
Step 2.3
Ensure in SEQ OVERRIDE.
STANDARD:
The SEQlSEQ OR pushbutton is located on the Diamond Control panel
on 1UB1 and depressed. "SEB 08" is backlighted.
COMMENTS:
CRITICAL !
_I SAT
-
UNSI
CRITICAL I
-
__ UNSP
CRITICAL E
__I SAT
__ UNSP
Step 2.4
Ensure JOG selected on Speed Selector.
STANDARD:
The SPEED Selector is located by the student on the Diamond Control
panel on 1 UBI and rotated to the JOG position.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
Step 2.5
If Group is at the OUT LIMIT:
Release LATCH switch.
Depress and hold LATCH switch.
Insert group for approximately 15 seconds or until the group OUT
LIMIT lamp on the Diamond Panel goes off.
The IN LIMIT (LATCH) BYPASS pushbutton is located by the student and
depressed and held while the INSERT/WITHDRAW joystick is used to
insert Group 6 until the Group 6 But limit lamp, located on the Diamond
Control Panel on 1 UBI, extinguishes.
The LATCH pushbutton is then released and the INSERTMITHDRAW
joystick returned to neutral.
CRO-12
Page 6 (
CRlTlCAb STI
~
UNSAT
CRITICAL STI
-
-
UNSAT
-6:
Step 2.6
TRANSFER the droppedlmisaligned rod to the Auxiliary Power Supply:
Ensure desired group selected on Group Select Switch.
Ensure droppedimisaligned rod selected on Single Select Switch
Ensure in SEQ OVERRIDE.
Ensure in AUXILIARY.
Verify Manual Transfer Sync light is lit before pressing clamp.
Depress CLAMP.
Depress selector for MANUAL TRANSFER switch until TRANSFER
CONFIRM lamp and the CONTROL ON lamp on the PI panel light.
Depress CLAMP RELEASE
STANDARD:
On the CRD Panel on 1 UB1:
Verify Group Select Switch positioned to Group 6.
SELECT droppedlmisaligned rod on the SINGLE SELECT SWITCH.
VERIFY SEQ OR is backlit (Not Critical).
Depresses GRQUWAUXIL pushbutton to make transfer to AUXIL.
Verifies SYNC is backlit on MAN TRANSISYITU CF pushbutton (Not
Critical)
Depresses CLAMPCLAMP REL pushbutton to make transfer to CLAMP.
CLAMP will be backlit.
Depresses MAN TRANSISYITR CF pushbutton. TR CF will become
backlit. White CONTROL ON lights will illuminate for the Dropped Rod
on the Position Indication panel.
Depresses CLAMPCLAMP REL pushbutton and verifies CLAMP REL is
backlit.
COMMENTS:
CRQ-12A fnl
Page 7 of 11
CRITICAL STEP
I
UNSAT
Step 2.7
Perform PI alignment on the droppedlmisaligned rod as follows:
Release LATCH switch
Depress and hold LATCH switch and use the INSEWTFAITHDRAW
joystick to insert rod for 15 seconds. Release the LATCH switch.
Depress and hold LATCH switch.
Insert rod for 15 seconds.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS
Step 2.8
Perform PI alignment on droppedhnisaligned rod as follows:
Compare absolute and relative readings on the PI panel
Use PI reset raisellower switch to match absolute and relative
readings.
Absolute and relative indications on the PI panel, on 1 UBI, are compared
using toggle switch to make comparison.
RPI is selected with the select toggle switch. The POSITION RESET
WISEILOWER toggle switch is then placed in the lower position and RPI
indication is matched to API position.
When matched the aAlSElLOWER toggle is released to neutral.
The select toggle switch is returned to the API position.
CRO-12A fnl
Page8of11
-
-
UNSAT
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRO-12A fnl
Page 9 of 11
STEQ:
Step 2.9
Ensure RUN selected on Speed Selector
STANDARD:
SPEED SELECTOR is located by the student on 1UB1 and rotated to the
run position.
NOTE: Instructor in Booth: at this time fire timer to drop second control rod.
COMMENTS:
STEQ I O :
STANDARB:
Manually trip the reactor
The student recognizes the second control rod inserting and manually
trips the reactor by depressing the Reactor Trip pushbutton and verifies
that the reactor is shutdovdn.
COMMENTS:
END TASK
_I SAT
-
UNSAT
CRlTlCAL STEP
-
__ UNS T
STOP TIME:
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
CRQ-12A fnl
Page 10of 11
STEP #
Explanation
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
Step is necessary for the operator to select the single rod and not move the plant
around due to power excursions.
Step is necessary to instruct the rod logic as to which group the rod is in that the
operator wants to recover.
Step is necessary to allow the operator to withdraw the dropped rod.
Jog is necessary because the roods will not latch with the selector switch in RUN
The latching of the group to clear the out limit is necessary so that the individual rod
can be withdrawn.
Necessary to place the dropped rod on the auxiliary power supply for withdrawal while
leaving the group on the group power supply.
Necessary because the second dropped FOCI
places the unit in an unanalyzed
condition and this is a direction, which is given by OMP 1-58.
CRO-12A fnl
Page 11 of 11
CANDIDATE CUE SHET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON CQMPLETIOM OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit #I
dropped a control rod in Group 6 approximately one hour ago and the unit is stable at
55%.
The Subsequent Actions of AP/I/A/I 70011 5, DROPPED CONTROL RODS, have been
completed through step 4.9.
Shutdown Margin calculation has been run to verify that an adequate SDM exists.
Systems Duty Engineer has been notified and no special maneuvering instructions are
required.
Enclosure 4.10 of OP/O/A/1105/09 has been completed up to step 2.0.
INITIATING CUE:
The Control Room SRO informs you that the problem has been corrected and that rec~vsry of
the dropped rod can now begin.
CRO-015 fnl
Page 1 of 16
REGION II
IN lTlAL LICENSE EXAM I NATION
CRO-015
ESTABLISH EFDW FLOW THROUGH STARTUP
VALVES
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
CRO-015 fni
Page 2 of 16
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
ESTABLISH EFDW FLOW THROUGH STARTUP VALVES.
Alternate Path:
N
Facilitv JPM #:
KIA Ratinds):
System: APE-054
KIA:
AA204
Rating: 4.2/4.3
Task Standard:
EFDW flow IS established to the affected header through the startup valve
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator
in-Piant -
References:
EOP Rule 3, (boss of Main or Emergency FDW)
EOP Enclosure 5.27, (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow)
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform X
Simulate -
Candidate:
Time Start:
NAME
Time Finish:
Performance Time -
Performance Rating: SAT -
UNSAT -
Examiner:
I
NAME
SIGNATURE
DATE
CRO-015 fnl
Page 3 of 16
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Recall Snap 209
2. Import files for CRO-015
3. GotoRUN
CRO-015 fnl
Page 4 of 16
TooIslEquipmenff Procedures Needed:
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when YOU understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
The reactor has tripped
Main feedwater is lost
NQ increase in Reactor Building pressure is occurring and all KCPs are running
Subsequent Actions are complete
Kule 3 is complete up to Step 29.
1 FDW-32 5 is determined to be failed closed.
INITIATING CUES:
The SRO directs you to initiate Enclosure 5.27, Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow
and establish 200 gpm EFBW flow to the 1A SG.
CRO-015 fnl
Page 5 of 16
START TIME:
Step 1
Verify EFDW is being supplied by an alternate unit.
RNO
GO TO Step 7
Determine EFDW is not being supplied from another unit.
Perform RMO step and GO TO Step 7
STANDARD:
CUE: EFDWis NOT being supplied by an alternate unit
COMMENTS:
Step 7
Stop MD EFWP in a
headers with malfunctioning EFDW control valve.
Observes 1A steam generator level decreasing below setpoint on the SG
EXTENDED SU RANGE LEVEL meters (1 UB1) or OAC screens.
STANDARD:
andlor
Observes zero flow indicated to the 1A steam generator on the TOTAL
EFDW FLOW meters: on 1 UBI.
Based on these indications. candidate determines that 18 steam
generator EFDW header is the affected header.
Control switch for the l A MD EFWP is rotated to the OFF position.
Continue to Step 8
COMMENTS:
Step 8
Place TD EFDWP in PULL TO LOCK.
The TI3 EFDWP switch is placed in the LOCKOUT position.
Continue to Step 9
STANBARB:
COMMENTS:
-
_I UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
_I SAT
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
__ SAP
-
UNSAT
CRO-015 fnl
Page 6 of 16
Step 9
Place controllers for the following in HAND and set demand to 0% in
affected headers:
Candidate locates 1 FDW-35 on 1 UBI and the Bailey control station is
piaced in Hand by depressing the white HAND pushbutton, and observing
the white HAND light ON. Valve position demand is reduced to 0 using
the toggle switch to close the valve.
Continue to Step 10
IFDW-35 (IA STARTUP FDW Control)
STANDARD:
NOTE: Candidate should perform all actions for 1A header because it is the header
with the failed valve.
COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 10
Place control switch for the following in CLOSE in all affected headers:
IFDW-33 (IASU FDW Block)
IFDW-372 (la MDEFWP DISCH BLOCK)
Candidate Locates IFDW-33 control switch on 1UB1 and rotates to the
CLOSE position, observing the green CLOSE light ON and red OPEN
light OFF. (NOT CRITICAL IF IFDW-35 IS CLOSED)
Locates IFDW-372 Control Switch on 1UB1 and rotates to the CLOSE
position, observing the green CLOSE light ON and the red OPEN light
OFF.
Continue to Step 11
CRlTlCAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
_II SAT
-
UNSAT
CRO-015 fnl
Page 7 of 16
Step 11
Place control switch for the following in OPEN in all affected headers:
IFDW-374 (MD EFDWP I A DISCH TO SG A)
STANDARD:
Candidate locates IFDW-374 on lUBl and the red OPEN pushbutton is
depressed, the red OPEN indication is observed to be ON.
Continue to Step 12
COMMENTS:
Step 12
Place control switch for the following in CLOSE in all affected headers:
m
IFDW-36 (IASG NORM SU FDW HDR)
STANDARD:
Candidate locates 1FDW-36 on 1VB3 places control switch in the
CLOSE position and the green CLOSE indication is observed to be
illuminated; and the red OPEN indication is observed to be extinguished.
Continue to Step 13
COMMENTS:
m:
Step 13
Place control switch for the following in OPEN in all affected headers:
STANDARD:
Candidate locates IFDW-38 on IVB3 places control switch in the OPEN
position and the red OPEN indication is observed to be illuminated and
the green CLOSE indication is observed to be extinguished.
Continue to Step 14
COMMENTS:
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
-
I
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-015 fnl
Page 8 of 16
Step 14
Verify 1FBW-315 failed
STANDARD:
h4anual Loader Knob is turned counter-clockwise to OPEN valve, on
1UB1.
Candidate recognizes that 1 FDW-315 is NOT responding to manual
control.
Continue to Step 15
COMMENTS:
STEP IO:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 15
Verify I
the following:
e
1 FDW-38 open
1FDW-36 closed
IFDW-35 closed
IFDW-33 closed
Candidate locates 1FDW-38 on 1V53 and the red OPEN indication is
observed to be illuminated and the green CLOSE indication is observed
to be extinguished.
Candidate locates IFDW-36 on 1VB3 and the green CLOSE indication is
observed to be illuminated; and the red OPEN indication is observed to
be extinguished.
Candidate locates 1 FDW-35 on 1 UBI and observes the Bailey control
station position demand is zero.
Candidate locates 1 FDW-33 control switch on 1 UBI and observes the
green CLOSE light ON and red OPEN light OFF.
Continue to Step 16
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-015 fnl
Page 9 of 16
STEP 11:
Step 16
Verify 1 FDW-372 closed
STANDARD:
Candidate locates IFDW-372 Control Switch on l U B i and observes the
green CLOSE light ON arid the red OPEN light OFF.
Continue to Step 17
COMMENTS:
STEP 12:
Step 17
Verify both of the following:
Verify 1 FDW-374 is open.
0
Verify 1A MDEFDWP available.
STANDARD:
Candidate locates IFDW-374 on 1UB1 and the red OPEN indication is
observed to be ON.
1A MD EFDWP control switch green OFF light is verified illuminated.
This pump was secured by the candidate in a previous step.
Continue to Step 18
CQMMENTS:
STEP 13:
Step 18
GO TO Step 22
Candidate goes to Step 22.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
-
I
UNSAT
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
-
UNSAP
CRO-015 fnl
Page 10 of 16
STEP 14:
Step 22
Verify IFDW-316 failed
RNO
GO TO Step 30.
STANDARD:
Candidate verifies IFDW-316 is controlling SG level @ --j 30%.
Manual Loader Knob is turned counter-clockwise to OPEN valve, on
1UB1. Recognizes that IFBW-316 & responding to manual control.
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 30.
or
COMMENTS:
STEP 15:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 30
Verify AFlS actuation has occurred (either Statalarm on):
RNO
GO TO Step 34.
Candidate observes indicated Statalarms and verifies that they are NOT
illuminated. Perform RNO and GO TO Step 34.
AFlS HEADER A INITIATED (1SA-2/C-8)
AFIS HEADER E3 INITIATED (ISA-2/B-8)
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
-
i__ UNSAT
CRO-015 fnl
Page 11 of 16
STEP 16:
Step 34
Verify an operator has been sent to locally position any FDW valvi
IFDW-94
IFDW-315
RNO
GO TO Step 36.
STANDARD:
Determine that an operator has NOT been sent to locally position
FDW valve.
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 36.
CUE: No operators have been dispatched to locally operate any valves.
COMMENTS:
STEP 17:
Step 36
Verify 1 FDW-315 failed open.
RNO
If lineup to feed through 1A SIU Control Valve was successful.
THEN GO TO Step 37.
Candidate should determine that the Manual Loader on 1 UBI indi
0% and 1 FDW-315 has failed dosed.
Green CLOSED light is ON.
Perform RNO step 2., 1A SIU control valve linsup has been SUCCE
THEN GO TO Step 37
STANDARD:
Of
CQMMENTS:
STEP 18:
Step 37
Verifv an operator has been sent to locally open IFDW-94.
STANDARD:
Determine an operator has NOT been sent to locally open 1 FDW.
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 40
CUE: No operators have been dispatched to locally operate any valves.
COMMENTS:
_I SAT
-
UNSAT
-
I_ UNSAT
-
__ UNSAT
CRO-015 fnl
Page 12 of 16
STEP 39:
Step 40
Start 1A MB EFDWP.
The 1A MD EFDWP control switch is rotated clockwise to the RUN
position and the red RUN light is verified ON.
Contjnue to Step 41
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 20:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 41
Verify IFDW-316 failed open
Verifies IFDW-316 is controlling SG level @ r% 30%.
O I
Manual Loader Knob is turned counter-clockwise to OPEN valve, on
1 UBI.
Student recognizes that 1 FDW-316 &responding to manual control.
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 46.
STEP 21:
Step 46
Verify HPI forced cooling is in progress.
STANDARD:
Determine that HPI Forced Cooling is NOT in progress
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 48.
CUE: HPI forced cooling is NOT in progress.
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-015 fnl
Page 13 of 16
STEP 22:
Step 48
Verify LOHT tab is NOT in progress
Determine LQHT is NOT in progress.
Perform RMO and GO TO Step 51.
STANDARD:
CUE: LOHT tab is NOT in progress.
COMMENTS:
Verify 1 FDW-315 failed.
Manual Loader on 1 UBI indicates 0% 1 FDW-315 has failed closed.
Green CLOSED light is ON.
Continue to Step 52
STANDARD:
or
COMMENTS:
Verify one of the following:
Lineup to feed through l A SIU Control Valve was successful
Operator sent to locally throttle 1FDW-315
STANDARD:
Determine that Lineup to feed through 1A SIU Control Valve was
successful.
Continue to Step 53
CUE: 1A s/u control valve lineup has been successfurrl.
COMMENTS:
-
UNSAT
I
-
UNSAT
-
__ UNSAT
STEP 25:
Step 53
Verify an operator has been sent to locally control 1 FBW-315.
STANDARD:
Determine that an operator has NOT been sent to locally control IFDW-
315.
Perform RNO and GO TO Step 56
CUE: NO operators have been dispatched to localjy operate any valves.
COMMENTS:
..
.--
.
NOTE
FIQW from the TDEFDWP through a SIU control valve should be reads on the FDW
SU FLOW gauge.
Flow from the MDEFDWP through a SIU control valve should be read on the
MDEFDWP DlSCH FLOW gauge.
....
... ..
.._..
STEP 26:
Step 56
Throttle 1 FDW-35 S/U to obtain desired flow rate and/or SG level per
Rule 7 (SG Feed Control).
Manually throttle 4 FBW-35 on 1 UBI. The raise/lower toggle switch is
pushed up to increase the valve position demand signal to throttle open
the valve. Flow is maintained within allowable limits. If flow exceeds
pump runout limits, action must be taken to reduce flow to within limits
prior to completing the task.
When feeding through the S/U Control Valves with the MDEFW Pumps,
the MBEFOWP RISCH FLOW gauge should be used to verify flow within
limits.
STANDARD:
NOTE: When flow has been established and level is increasing in the ?A SG, the
JPM is complete.
CQMMENTS:
CRO-015 fnl
Page 14of 16
I
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
I
~
UNSAT
STOP TIME:
CRO-015 fnl
Page 15 of 16
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
2 & 3
Necessary because the MD EFWP in the affected header needs to be sewred so
that the header can be isolated and valves repositioned. Step is necessary because
the TD EFWP needs to be secured so that the header can be isolated and valves
repositioned.
4 & 5
Necessary to prevent the EFDW flow, which is meant for 1A SG from getting to other
portions of the system.
6
Aligns the emergency feed water to the 1A SG through the startup valves.
19
Restarts the MD EFDWP, which was stopped to reduce the DIP for the closure of
valves to isolate the affected header.
26
Actually establishes flow to the 1A SG to establish required S6 levels.
CRO-015 fnl
Page 16 of 16
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO B RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
The reactor has tripped
Main feedwater is lost
No increase in Reactor Building pressure is occurring and all RCPs are running
Subsequent Actions are complete
Rule 3 is complete up to Step 29.
IFDW-325 is determined to be failed closed.
INITIATING CUES:
The SR6 directs you to initiate Enclosure 5.27, Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow
and establish 200 gpm EFDW flow to the 1A SG.
CRO-053 fnl
Page 1 of 8
REGION II
IN ITlAL LICENSE EXAM IN AT ION
CRO-053
BYPASS COOLANT PUMP STARTING INTERLOCKS
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
CRO-053 fnl
Page 2 of 8
REGION II
lNlTlAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Tirsk:
BYPASS COOLANT BUMP STARTING INTERLOCKS
Alternate Path:
Facilitv JPM #:
KIA Ratinds):
System: EPE-074
WA:
A3.04
Rating:
Task Standard:
Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks are correctly bypassed
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator _s In-Plant
X
References:
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform -
Simulate _X___
Examiner:
I
NAME
SIGNATURE
DATE
CRO-053 fnl
Page 3 of 8
SIMULATOR OPEFUTBR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
CRO-853 fnl
Page 4 of 8
TooIslE~uipmen~Procedures
Needed:
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
An accident has occurred on Unit 3 in which the EQP is being used.
All RCPs are off and full HPI has been initiated.
Inadequate core cooling exists with Core Exit Thermocouples > 780°F but
decreasing.
INITIATING CUE:
The Procedure Director directs you to bypass Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks per
Enclosure 5.14, "Jumpe~ Contacts for RCP Starting interlocks" of the EO$.
1200°F and not
CRO-053 fnl
Page 5 of 8
START TIME:
Obtain Reactor Coolant Pump Motor starting interlock jumper cables for
affected unit(§), per Endosure 5.14 of EP/1,2,or 3/A11800/01 Emergency
Operating Procedure.
Jumper cables are obtained from the key locker located in the Work
Control Center.
~
~
' STANDARD:
NOTE: Jumper cables for unit #1
locker. Ensure correct set of jumper cables are identified and obtained.
CUE: After correct jumpers have been located, inform student that he may leave
jumpers in the key locker.
unit #2 RCPs are located in the same key
COMMENTS:
STEP:
LOCATE Termin81 Cabinet MTC3 for the affected unit(s)
STANDARD:
Terminal Cabinet MTC3 is correctly located:
3MTC3 is located in Unit #3 Cable Room near south Cable Room door.
COMMENTS:
CRITICAL STEP
I_ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
UNSAT
a:
STANDARD:
BYPASS the Reactor Coolant Pump Motor starting interlocks on the
affected unit(s), as listed on Enclosure 5.14 of EW 4/Nl800/01,
Emergency Operating Procedure.
Bcp Contacts
A I
A3PA to A305
82
B8PBto8805
B I
A4PA to A405
E2
BSPB to B905
MTC3 cabinet door is opened and the following steps are performed for
EACH Reactor Coolant Pump Motor:
The first contact is located and identified on the terminal board
One end of the jumper cable is simulated to be clipped to this contact.
The second specified contact is located and identified on the terminal
board.
The other end of the jumper cable is simulated to be clipped to the
second contact.
NOTE: End task when you have determined that student is proficient at identifying
RCB jumper contacts.
COMMENTS:
CRO-053 fnl
Page 6 of 8
CRITICAL STEP
UNSAT
CRQ-053 fnl
Page 7 of 8
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
1
Necessary because the cables must be obtained to jumper the interlocks.
2
Necessary because the operator must locate the correct cabinet for the correct unit
3
Necessary because the operator must be able to identify the correct contacts for each
WCP or the interlocks will not be bypassed as required.
CRO-053 fnl
Page 8 of 8
CANDIDATE CUE SHEEP
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXMIINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
An accident has occurred on Unit 3 in which the EQP is being used.
All WCPs are off and full HPI has been initiated.
Inadequate core cooling exists with Core Exit Thermocouples
decreasing.
INITIATING CUE:
700°F but c 1200°F and not
The Procedure Director directs you to bypass Reactor Coolant Pump starting interlocks per
Enclosure 5.14? "Jumper Contacts for WCP Starting interlocks" of the EOQ.
CRO-060 fnl
Page I of 11
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
CRO-060
PERFORM REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR A TURBINE
BUILDING FLOOD
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
CRO-060 fnl
Page 2 of 11
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
PERFORM REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR A TURBINE BUILDING FLOOD
Alternate Path:
Facilitv JPM #:
KIA Ratinds):
System: APE BW/A07
K/A:
AA1.3
Rating:
Task Standard:
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator
In-Plant __
References:
APllO, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine Building
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform
Simulate -
Candidate:
Time Start:
NAME
Time Finish:
PerformanCeg SAT-
UNSAT -
Performance Time -
CRO-060 fnl
Page 3 of 11
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Recall Snap 212
2. Import files for CRO-060
3. GotoWUN
CRO-060 fnl
Page 4 of 11
TQosslEquipmentlPrQcedures Needed:
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I wiil explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 1 was operating at 108% power with no known problems.
Unit 2 is in cold shutdown.
The 2A1 condenser inlet expansion joint has ruptured and Turbine Building Basement water
level is rising.
Unit 1 has been tripped and the EOP is being completed by other team members.
INITIATING CUES:
The Control Room §a0 directs you to refer to APIIO, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine
Building, and peldorm required actions.
CRO-060 fnl
Page 5 of 11
START TIME:
STEP:
Step 4
Ensure Rx is tripped
Determine RX has tripped by observing all control rods inserted and
power is < 1 %.
Continue to Step 2.
STANDAKD:
COMMENTS:
....
.......
NOTE
Tripping the CCW pumps will cause loss of condenser vacuum which will result in TBVs
.
...... -.
_.__
of the MFDWPs.
-.
STEP:
Step 2
Ensure all CCW pumps are shutdown
The IA, 1B. and I C CCW pump switches are rotated to the TRIP
position. (located on 1AB3)
Continue to Step 3.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP:
Step 3
Press both of the following on the TURB BLDG FLOOD MER CLOSING
ALL CCWP DISCH VALVES control switch:
CLOSE1
CLOSE2
"CLOSE 1" and "CLOSE 2" on the TURB BLDG FLOOD MER
CLOSING ALL CCWP BlSCH VALVES control switch are both
depressed. (located on IAB3)
Continue to Step 4
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
.......
.....
L
......
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
___ UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRO-060 fnl
Page 6 of 11
STEP:
Step 4
Verify all CCW pump discharge valves are closed
STANDARD:
The green CLOSED lights for ICCW-IO, 11, 12 & 23 are verified
illuminated and the red OPEN lights for the same valves are verified
extinguished. (located on 1AE3)
Continue to Step 5.
COMMENTS:
NOTE
I Field tasks.that may affect multiple units should be coordinated
. with Unit 2 and Unit 3.
STEP:
Step 5
Dispatch operators to ensure all three flood doors are closed and in the
SECURED position from the AB side (A-I, at Unit 1, 2, and 3 stairwell
entrances to TB): (2)
Unit 1 Flood Door
Unit 2 Flood Door
Unit 3 Flood Door
STANDARD:
Candidate should dispatch and NE0 to ensure all three flood doors are
closed and in the SECURED position from the AB side.
Continue to Step 6
Cue: An operator has been dispatched.
COMMENTS:
-6:
Step 6
Verify LPI decay heat removal is NOT in progress
Determine LPI pumps are not operating by observing pumps switch
indicaticns on 1 UB2.
Continue to Step 7.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSP
CRITICAL S
___ SAT
UNSP
-
UNSP
CRO-OB0 fnl
Page 7 of I 1
Step 7
Dispatch an operator to place the following waterbox discharge valve
switches to HAND and CLOSE (T-3, East of condenser catwalk):
1CCW-20 (IAI)
ICCW-21 (1A2)
0
ICCW-22 (IBI)
. 16CW-24(1C1)
1 CCW-23 (1 82)
ICCW-25 (IC2)
Nc -
RD:
Candidate should disp
HAND and CLOSE.
Continue to Step 8
Cue: QperatQr has been dispatched.
COMMENTS:
an opei tor to plac tt
3b
valves to
Step 8
Make a PA announcement of the event including restrictions on entry into
TB basement due to electrical hazard.
STANDARD:
FA announcement is made using the Control Room phone
Continue tu Step 9.
COMMENTS:
Step 9
Attempt to locate and isolate the suurce of the flooding
STANDARD:
Dispatch operators to locate and isolate the source of the flooding
Continue to Step I O .
Cue: Operators have been dispatched.
COMMENTS:
-
__ UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-060 fnl
Page 8 of 11
STEP IO:
Step 10
Ensure all Unit 1 ESV pumps are shutdown:
e
IAESVPump
1CESVPump
1BESVPump
STANDARD:
Stop ALL Unit 1 ESV pumps by rotating their pumps switches to OFF.
(located on 1AB3)
Continue to Step 11
COMMENTS:
STEP 11:
Step 11
Verify all CCW pump discharge valves were suecessfully closed in earlier
steps.
STANDARD:
Continue to SteD 12
COMMENTS:
STEP 12:
Step 12
Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.1 (Isolation of SSW to CCW
Pumps).
STANDARD:
Candidate should dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.1 (Isolation of
Continue to Step 13
Cue: Operator is dispatched.
COMMENTS:
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-060 fnl
Page 9 of Z 1
STEP 53:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 13
IAAT HPSW is NOT available,
THEN ensure End 5.31 (Temporarily Charging the HPSW System) of
EP/l has been initiated.
Determine that HPSW is available by observing the HPSW Jockey pump
operating and level in the EWST. (located on 1AB3)
Continue to Steo <4
STEP 14:
Step 14
Notify a SRO to evaluate de-energizing electrical components in the
flooded areas.
-:
Candidate should inform a SRO to evaluate de-energizing electrical
components in the flooded areas.
Cue: SRO will evaluate which electrical equipment to de-energize.
COMMENTS:
--
END TASK
STOP TIME:
-
UNSAT
-
__ UNSAT
CWQ-060 fnl
Page 10 of 11
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
2
Necessary to attempt to terminate the flooding and not contribute to the water level in
the TB basement.
3
Necessary to attempt to terminate the flooding and not contribute to the water level in
the TB basement.
Necessary to prevent the waters from the flooding from entering the Aux. Bldg.,
causing more problems and the spread of contamination,
5
CRO-060 fnl
Page 12 of 11
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 1 was operating at 100% power with no known problems.
Unit 2 is in cold shutdown.
The 2/41 condenser inlet expansion joint has ruptured and Turbine Building Basement water
level is rising.
Unit 1 has been tripped and the EOP is being completed by other team members.
INITIATING CUES:
The Control Room SRO directs you to refer to AW10, Uncontrollable Flooding of Turbine
Building, and perform required actions.
CRO-067 fnl
Page I of 13
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
CRO-067
Perform Required Actions far ES Actuation (> 3psig)
CANDIDATE
EXAM IN ER
CRO-067 fnl
Page 2 of 23
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
Perform Required Actions for ES Actuation (> 3psig)
Alternate Path:
Facilitv JPM #:
c
KIA Ratin&):
UfA:
E.41.13
Rating.
Task Standard:
Proper E$ conditions are verified using the appropriate procedures and re-start the 1A and 1B LPI pump
when required.
System: EPE-009
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator 2
In-Piant __
References:
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform X Simulate _.
EOP Enclosure 5.1, E§ ACTUATION
Candidate:
Time Start:
NAME
Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT -
UNSAT
~
Performance Time _I_
CRQ-067 fnl
Page 3 of I 3
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Recall Snap 207
2. Import files for CRQ-(367
3. GotoRUN
CRO-069 fnl
Page 4 of 43
ToolslEquipment/Praceduses Needed:
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Small Break LOCA is in progress.
Rule 2 in progress
RCS is saturated and KCPs are off.
ES Channels I
~ 6 have actuated.
INITIATING CUES:
The Control Room SRO instructs you to perform EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation.
CRO-067 fnl
Page 5 of 13
START TIME:
Step 1
Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on
pressure and RB Dressure:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Actuation
...
10
Candidate should monitor the existing RCS Pressure, using valid
pressure indication, ICCM Train A or B, OAC, RCS Pressure (NR), RCS
Pressure (WR) on 1UB1 and 1UB2 to verify RB pressure is > 3 psig.
Determines that ES Channels 1-6 should be actuated
Continue to Step 2
-2:
Step 2
Verify
ES channels associated with actuation setpoint have actuated:
STANDARD:
Ensure ES digital channels 1-6 are actuated by observing "Tripped" lights
on 1UB1.
Continue to Step 3
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
-
§AT
-
UNSAT
CRO-067 fni
Page 6 of 13
Step 3
IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded.
THEN perform Steps 1 - 2.
Continue to Step 4
IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded candidate perform
STANDARD:
Note: During the performance of thi5 JPM ES Channels 7 and 8 will actuate.
COMMENTS:
Steps 1 - 2.
Step 4
Place HPI in manual control
STANDARD:
Go to RZ modules on 1VB2 and select manual for the #PI components.
Continue to Step 5
COMMENTS:
Step 5
Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete.
Determine Rule 2 in progress by referring to the Initial Conditions.
Continue to Step 6
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
_I SAT
_I_ UNSAT
_I SAT
-
UNSAT
~
-
UNSAT
CRO-067 fnl
Page 7 of 13
m:
Step 6
Open the following:
0
IBS-4
IBS-2
At the ES RZ modules an 1 AB2, OPEN 1 BS-1 and 1 BS-2 by depressing
the open pushbutton.
Continue to Step 7
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Verify any RCP operating
Determine NO RCP is operating.
Perform RNO step and GO TO Step 9.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP:
Step 9
IAAT any RCP is operating
AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate
THEN perform Steps 40 and 11
STANDARD:
Determine NO RCP is operating.
Perform RNO step and GO TO Step 12.
COMMENTS:
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
-
I
UNSAT
CRO-067 fnl
Page 8 of 13
Step 12
I M T ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated,
THEN GO TO Step 13
STANDARD:
Determine E§ Channels 3 & 4 are actuated by one of the following:
Statalarms: ISA-IC-10 (ES Channel 3 Trip) and 1SA-IID-IO (ES
Channel 4 Trip)
E§ Channel 3 and Channel 4 Tripped lights lit on 1 UBI.
GO TO step 13
COMMENTS:
STEP 10:
Step 13
Place the following in manual control:
IAbPIPump
1B LPI Pump
ILP-17
. IbP-18
STANDARD:
Go to the ES RZ modules on 1VB2 and place the above components in
manual by depressing each components manual pushbutton.
Continue to Step 14
COMMENTS:
-
§AT
-
UNSAT
I
-
UNSAT
.~.~.-
.. . . . . .
-.
.
CAUTION
LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes
... against
~ ..
a shutoff head.
......
Step 14
IAAT any LPI pump is operating against a shutoff head,
THEN at the CR SROs discretion stop affected LPI pumps.
Determine RCS pressure is above LPI pump discharge head and then
ask for SRO direction. When directed by the SRO secure both the A
and W LPI pump.
Continue to Step 15
STANDARD:
Cue: When asked inform candidate that the SRO desires to stop BOTH LPI pumps.
COMMENTS:
Step 15
IAAT RCS pressure is .z LPI pump shutoff head.
THEN perform Steps 46 - 17.
Determine RCS pressure is NOT .z LPI pump shutoff head (=ZOO psig)
Perform RNO step and GO TO Step 18.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
CRO-069 fnl
Page 9 of 13
-
__ UNSAT
-
__ UNSAT
CRO-067 fnl
Page l o o f 13
STEP IO:
Step 18
IAAT 1A and 1 B LPI pumps are off I tripped,
AND ail the following conditions exist:
RCS pressure z LPI pump shutoff head
ILP-19 closed
1 LP-20 closed
IBS-1 open OR throttled open
IBS-2 open OR throttled open
THEN perform Steps 19 - 21
STANDARD:
Determine conditions of step NOT met because RCS pressure is not
< LPI pump shutoff head ( ~ 2 0 0
psig).
Perform RNO Step and GO TO Step 22
COMMENTS:
Note: After Step 18 is completed RCS pressure will decrease to
LPI pump SkLItQff
head. The candidate should datermime that IAAT step 15 is mat and transfer to step
15.
STEP 11:
Step I 5
IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump shutoff head,
THEN perform Steps 16 - 17.
Determine that RCS pressure is z LPI pump shutoff head ( ~ 2 0 0
psig)
Continue to Step 16
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 12:
Step 16
Perform the following:
Open ILP-17 (already open)
Start I A LPI pump
STANDARD:
Verify 1 LP-17 is open by observing the open light on the ES RZ module.
Start the 1A LPI pump by using the pump switch on 1 UB2.
Continue to Step 17
COMMENTS:
-
§AT
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRQ-069 fnl
Page 11 of 13
STEP 13:
Step 17
Perform the following:
Start 18 LPI pump
Verify 1 LP-18 is open by observing the open light on the ES E module.
Start the 1 B LPI pump by using !he pump switch on 1 UB4.
Open 1 LP-18 (already open)
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
END TASK
STOP TIME:
CRO-067 fnl
Page 12 of 13
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
12
The "A bPl pump must be started when RCS pressure is less than LPI pump head to
ensure LPI flow into the core.
The " B LPI pump must be started when RC§ pressure is less than LPI pump head to ensure
LPI flew into the core.
13
CRO-067 fnl
Page 13 of 13
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO B RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Small Break LBCA is in progress.
Rule 2 in progress
RCS is saturated and RCPs are off.
E§ Channels 1 - 6 have actuated.
INITIATING CUES:
The Control Room SRO instructs you to perform EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation.
CR6-097 fnl
Page I
Of 13
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
CRQ-097
Transfer ECCS Suction to the Emergency Sump
(1 LP-15 Failed Closed)
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
CRO-097 fnl
Page 2 of 13
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Transfer ECCS Suction to the Emergency Sump (1 LP-I 5 Failed Closed)
Alternate Path:
Facilitv JPM #:
KIA Ratinds):
System: BWIEOB
WA:
EA1.1
Rating. 4013.7
Task Standard:
Steps of EOP are properly completed by the student to align HPllbPl piggyback mode
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator 2
In-Plant -
References:
EOP Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS Suction Swap to R E S )
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform X Simulate __
Candidate:
Time Start:
NAME
Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT-
wsa-r -
Performance Time -
Examiner:
I
NAME
SIGNATURE
DATE
CRO-097 fnl
Page 3 of 13
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Recall Snap 208
2. Import files for CRO-097
3. GotoRUN
CRO-097 fnl
Page 4 of 13
ToolslEquipmenffProcedures Needed:
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A small break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the 5WST.
Core SCM = 0°F.
The BWST level is 19 feet and RB level is increasing.
LOCA CD tab has been completed up to step 7.
" 1 A LPI header indicates no flow
"1 5" LPI header indicates no flow
INITIATING CUES:
The Procedure Director directs you to perform IAAT Step I;
Initiate Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS
Suction Swap to RBES).
START TIME:
STEP:
Step I
Start both of the following:
IALPIPump
1B LPI Pump
STANDARD:
The candidate rotates the control switches on 1 UB2 for "1A" and "I
B LPI
Pumps clockwise to the CLOSE position and verifies that the Red TRIP
COIL lights illuminate and the White CLOSE COIL light is OFF and the
ammeter responds.
Continue to Step 2
COMMENTS:
-2:
Step 2
Verify either of the foliowing exist:
LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B 2 3300 gpm
Only one LPI header is operating AND flow in that header is 2 2850
gpm
STANDARD:
The candidate locates the flow instrumentation (on IUB1) for the LPI
headers and determines that no flow is indicated in either header.
Perform RNO Step and GO PO Step 4
COMMENTS:
CRO-097 fnl
Page 5 of 13
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-097 fnl
Page 6 of 13
Step 4
Verify 6 three HPI pumps operating
RNO
STOP 1 B HPI pump
STANDARD:
Candidate observes the indications for the HPI Pump controls on ?UBI
and determines that all 3 #PI Pumps are operating.
The candidate locates the control switch for the 1B HPI Pump and rotates
it to OFF position and verifies that the white OFF light comes on and the
red RUN lights go off.
Continue to Step 5
COMMENTS:
Step 5
Dispatch an operator to perform Enel. 5.37 (Isolation of HPI Pump
Reeirc) without dressing out. (PSI
Candidate should dispatch NEO(s) to perform End. 5.37.
Continue to Step 6
STANDARD:
CUE: inform candidate operatcir(s) dispatched as requested.
COMMENTS:
Step 6
Notify Control Room personnel that the 170 gpfnlpump minimum HPI
flow requirement is in effect.
STANDARD:
Candidate informs control room personnel of HPI minimum flow
requirements for HPI.
Continue to Step 7
CUE: lnform student the control mom has been notified.
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
VNSAT
CRO-097 fnl
Page 7 of 13
~
...
..... .-
.....
CAUTION
ECCS pump damage may occur if LPI pumps are operated below the following minimum
flows:
Any LPI pump operated at e 100 gprn for > 30 minutes
Two LPI pumps operating in piggyback with NO LPI flow and total HPI flow e 500
.......
. . .
......
- ....... _-
-6:
Step 7
Verify two LPI pumps operating.
The candidate locates the controls for "1K and "1 B" LPI pumps on 1 UB2
and determines that both LPI pumps are running.
Continue to Step 8
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP:
Step 8
Verify total HPI flow including seal injection is > 500 gpm.
Observe HPI headers flows on 1 UBI and determine total #PI flow
including seal injection is > 500 gpm.
Continue to Step 9
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
.....
........
-
-
UNSAT
I
-
UNSAT
-8:
STAN BARD:
Step 9
Simultaneously open the following:
. 1bP-16
RNO
Limit total HPI flow to < 750 gpm including seal injection
Candidate locates the control switches and light indication for ILP-15 and
ILP-16 on 1 UB2 and determines that the valves are closed.
1LP-15 and 1 LP-16 switches are rotated to the OPEN direction and the
student verifies that the green CLOSED light goes out and the red OPEN
light comes on.
The candidate identifies that 1 LP-15 did not open when its control switch
was placed in the OPEN position and performs RNO.
Throttle 1 HP-26 and 1 HP-27 to limit total HPI flow to
seal injection.
Continue to Step 10
750 gpm including
NOPE: aLP-15 ('IA LPI TO HPI AND RBS) will NOT respond, and will not be
COMMENTS:
Step 10
GO TO Step 14
Candidate goes to step 14
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
CRO-097 fnl
Page 8 of 13
CRITICAL STEP
_I_ SAT
-
UNSAT
-
__ UNSAT
CRO-097 fnl
Page 9 of 13
STEP I O :
Step 14
Place the "LDST LEVEL INTERLOCK switch in the "DISABLE" position.
STANDARD:
The candidate locates the "LDST LEVEL INTERLOCK" switch and places
it in the "DISABLE" position.
Continue to Step 15
COMMENTS:
STEP 11 :
Step 15
Position the following valves switches to close until valve travel is
initiated:
e
IHP-24
IHP-25
STANDARD:
The controls for 1HP-23, 24 and 25 are located by the candidate on
I
UBI. The switches are rotated to the CLOSE position and the grec
CLOSED lights are observed to come on and the red OPEN lights are
observed to go off.
Continue to Step 16
COMMENTS:
STEP 12:
Step 16
Verify any of the following are open:
0
ILPSW-4
ILPSW-5
Continue to Step 17
Verify any of the above valves are open by observing their open
indications on 1VB2.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
-
UNSAl
~
UNSA-
-
__I UNSA'
CRB-097 fnl
Page 10 of 13
STEP 13:
Step 17
GO TO Step 22
Candidate goes to Step 22.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 14:
Step 22
Verify both LPI coolers available for LPI and LPSW.
Determine both LPI coolers available for LPI and LPSW
Continue to Step 23
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 15:
Step 23
Verify any LPI pump has been secured in this enclosure due to low flow
conditions.
STANDARD:
Determine BOTH LPI pumps are operating and perform RNO and GO
TO Step 25.
Continue to Step 25
COMMENTS:
-
___ UNSAT
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
-
_I UNSAT
~.
.
.. ..~..
~.~..
.~
. .-
NOTE'-
RB level of 2 2' is expected when BWST level reaches 9'.
.
~
~
~
~
.
~....
STEP 16:
Step 25
WHEN BWST level is 2 9'.
AND RB level is rising,
THEN continue in this enclosure.
STANDARD:
Monitor EWST level and RB level and determine that this step is sat
and continue to Step 26.
Cue: If required, inform cand!dafe time compression will be used and the BWS
level will be lowered.
COMMENTS:
STEP 17:
Step 26
Simultaneously open the following:
ILP-19
ILP-20
STANDARD:
The candidate locates the controls for 1LP-19 (IA RX BLBG SUCTll
AN5 I
LP-20 (1 E RX BLDG SUCTION) on UB2.
The switches are placed in the OPEN position and the valves are ve
to open.
COMMENTS:
__._
...~..
... END TASK
I
...
- TOP TIME
CRO-897 fnl
Page 11 of 13
-
-
UNSAT
CRlPlCAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-097 fnl
Page 12 of 13
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
Required to provide HPI pump suction
.l
8
Necessary to allow the flow from the LPI headers to the HPI pump suctions.
Candidate must determine that ILP-15 did not open and then throttle HPI flow to
protect the HPI pumps.
16
Necessary to allow the suction source for the LPI system to be the WBES and not the
BWSP, which is almost depleted.
CRQ-097 fnl
Page 13 of 13
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO B RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLTIQN OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A small break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the BWST
Core SCM = 0°F
The BWST level is 19 feet and RB level is increasing.
LOCA CD tab has been completed up to step 7.
IN LPI header indicates no flow
IB LPI header indicates no flow
INITIATING CUES:
The Procedure Director directs you to perform lAaT Step 1; Initiate Enclosure 5.12, (ECCS
Suction Swap to R E S ) .
CRO-600 fnl
Page 1 of 12
REGION It
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
CRO-600
RECOVER FROM SWITCHYARD ISOLATION
CANDIDATE
EXAM IN ER
CRO-GOO fnl
Page 2 of 12
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXANllNATlON
Task:
Recover from Switchyard Isolation
Alternate Path:
Facility JPM #:
IVA Ratinq(s):
System: BW/AQS
WA:
AA1.l
Rating: 4.3/4.2
Task Standard:
Recovery from Switchyard Isolation is performed correctly including manually synchronizing the overhead Keowee
Unit onto the 230 KV Red Bus.
Preferred Evaluation Leeation:
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator
In-Plant -
Perform X
Simulate _.
References:
Enclosure 5.3 of APlOl Z (Recovery From Loss of Power)
Validation Time: 15 minutes
Time Critical: NO
......................................................................................
......................................................................................
Candidate:
Time Start:
NAME
Time Finish:
Performance Ratinq: SAT -
UNSAT -
Performance Time I
_
Examiner:
I
NAME
SIGNATURE
BATE
CRO-600 fnl
Page 3 of 12
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Recall Snap 210
2. Import files for CRO-600
3. GotoRUN
4. Use the Speed Change Motor on Keowee Unit 1 to ensure the unit is out of sync.
5. Timer 2 will reset the SWYD Isolation
6. Timer 3 will give remote control of Keowee
CRO-600 fnl
Page 4 of 12
ToolslEquipmenffP~ocedures Needed:
Enclosure 5.3 of AW01-i (Recovery From Loss of Power)
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be petformed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1. A switchyard Isolation has occurred
2. Unit 1 and Unit 2 reactors have tripped
3. Unit 3 remains online at 100% power
4. Power has been restored to Unit 1 and Unit 2's Main Feeder Buses from Keowee Unit 1 via
the overhead power path
5. The TCC has notified Oconee that the 230 KV transmission system voltage and frequency
has returned to normal and recovery from switchyard isolation may be initiated.
INITIATING CUES:
1. The SRO in the control room instructs you utilize Enclosure 5.3 of APlOl1 (Recovery From
Loss of Power) to recover from the Switchyard Isolation.
2. Procedure steps 1 and 2 have been completed. Begin on step 3.
CRO-600 fnl
Page 5 of 12
START TIME:
-1:
STANDARD:
Step 3
Verify NO ES 1 or 2 actuation on
Unit 1
Unit 2
Unit 3
Oconee unit:
Verify ES 1 or 2 has NOT actuated on Unit 1 by observing the RZ
modules and/or statalarrns. Contact Unit 2 and 3 to determine if ES 1 or
2 has actuated.
Continue to Step 4.
Cue: Unit 2 and 3 have not had an ES actuation.
COMMENTS:
STEQ:
Step 4
Ensure
of the following AUTOlMAN transfer switches in MAN:
STANDARD: Place the Unit I
TA and TB AUTOIMAN transfer switches in MAN
Contact Unit 2 and 3 by phone and have them ensure TA and TB
AUTOlMAN transfer switches in MAN.
Continue to Step 5.
Cue: Unit 2 and 3 TA and TB AUTO/MAN transfer switches are in MANUAL.
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-600 fni
Page 6 of 12
_.
STEP 3:
Step 5
Depress all of !he following RESET pushbuttons:
The following RESET pushbuttons are depressed:
Continue to Step 6.
Note: Buttons are located electrical mimic board.
- Not critical
COMMENTS:
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.V. CHANNEL I RESET
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.V. CHANNEL 2 RESET
'GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.F. CHANNEL 1 RESET
- GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.F. CHANNEL 2 RESET
STANDARD:
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.V. CHANNEL 1 RESET
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.V. CHANNEL 2 RESET
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.F. CHANNEL 1 RESET
GRID TROUBLE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM U.F. CHANNEL 2 RESET
-4:
Step 6
Verify the following statalarms are off:
SA-15/A-2 (CHANNEL #I
UNBERFREBUENCY)
SA-138-4 (CHANNEL #2 UNDERFREQUENCY)
SA-15/C-1 (CHANNEL #I
SA-15/C-3 (CHANNEL #2 UNDERVOLTAGE)
STANDARD: The above Statalarms are verified to be off. Statalarms are loci
SA-I 5.
Continue to Step 7
COMMENTS:
in
STEP:
Step 7
Notify Keowee Qperator to transfer control of &tJ
Keowee units to
Oconee.
STANDARD: Contact Keowee Operator, by phone, to transfer control of
units to Oconee.
Continue to Step 8.
Keowee
NOTE: Simulator instructor will transfer control of @tJ
Keowee units to Oconee.
COMMENTS:
CRITICAL STEP
-
UNSAT
il_ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
STEP 6:
Step 8
Verify both channels of all Oconee units Main Feeder Bus Monitor Relay
Panels reset as indicated by the following statalarms off:
-. .....
S'H~I'CHNL A L ~ G I C
4 (2)(3)SA74/Q-4 (LOAD
SHED CHNL B LOGIC
INITIATE)
~b'S6
CHNL A LOGIC
I
INITIATE
1 (2)(3w-I4/D-6
%
,\\ ,
TO SB CHNL B LQGlC
INITIATE)
... -
STANDARD: Both channels of Oconee unit 1 Main Feeder Bus Monitor Relay Panel is
verified reset as indicated by observing the above statalarms off. Contact
Unit 2 and 3 and have them verify their Main Feeder Buses are reset.
Continue to Step 9.
Cue: Unit 2 and 3 Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panels are reset as indicated by the
above alarms ar@ off.
Note: Unit 1's Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panel has not actuated.
COMMENTS:
STEP 7:
Step 9
Verify overhead Keovfee unit energizing a
Oconee unit MFB
STANDARD:
Determine that Kecwee Unit 1 is energizing Oconee Unit 1 MFBs via the
overhead path, by observing Keowee Unit 1 has emergency started and
ACB-1 is closed energizing unit 1's MFBs.
Continue to Step 10.
COMMENTS:
CRO-600 fnl
Page 7 of 12
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRQ-600 fnl
Page 8 of 12
STEP:
Step 10
GO TO Step 23
Candidate goes to Step 23
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP:
Step 23
Verify Keowee overhead unit is energizing a Oconee unit MFB.
STANBARD:
Determine that Keovvee Unit 1 is energizing Oconee Unit 1 MFBs via the
overhead path, by observing Keowee Unit 1 has emergency started and
ACB-1 is closed energizing Unit ts MFBs.
Continue to Step 24.
COMMENTS:
STEP IO:
Step 24
Notify Emergency Coordinator to determine which of the following is
desired:
Manually synchronize overhead Keowee unit onto the 230 KV Red
Bus
Disconnect overhead Keowee unit from the 230 KV Yellow Bus and
reconnect (dead bus transfer) 230 KV Yellow Bus to the System Grid
STANDARD:
Call Emergency Coordinator and ask which of the above methods is
desired.
Continue to Step 25
Cue: The Emergency Coordinator determines that manually synchronizing the
overhead Keowee unit onto the 230 KV Red Bus is desired.
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-GOO fnl
Page 9 of 12
STEP ? I
Step 25
Verify manual Synchronization of the overhead Keowee Unit onto the
System Grid via the 230 KV Red Bus is desired.
Determine from previous discussion with the Emergency Coordinator that
manual synchronization of the overhead Keowee Unit onto the System
Grid via the 230 KV Red Bus is desired.
Continue to Step 26.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 12:
Step 26
Obtain permission from TCC to connect overhead Keowee unit (230 KV
Yellow Bus Supply) to the System Grid.
Cue: The TCC gives permission to connect overhead Keowee unit (230 KV Yeellow
Bus Supply) io ihe System Grid.
STANDARD:
Call the permission from TCC to connect overhead Keowee unit (230 KV
Yellow Bus Supply) to the System Grid.
Continue to Step 27.
COMMENTS:
__ SAT
UNSAT
-
__ UNSAT
CRO-600 fnl
Page 10 of 12
STEP 13:
Step 27
Perform the followina to svnc and tie overhead Keowee unit (Yellow Bus
Supply) to 230 KV RLd Bds:
Establish communications with Keowee Operations
Depress and hold PCB-8 SYNC push button
Adjust overhead Keowee unit SPEED CHANGER MOTOR to
Synchronize overhead Keowee unit to 230 KV Red Bus.
THEN perform the following:
2. Close PCB-8.
2.
e
WHEN synchronization is achieved,
Release PCB-8 SYNC push button
STANDARD:
The overhead Keowee unit (Yellow Bus Supply) is synced and tied to the
230 KV Red Bus by:
e
Establishing communications with Keowee Operations.
Depressing and holding the PCB-8 SYNC push button.
Cue: The simulator operator will act as a second operator and operate the PCB-8
SYNC butfon. After synchronization is achieved (slow in the fast direction), inform
the candidate to close the PCB.
e
Adjusting the overhead Keowee unit SPEED CHANGER MOTOR to
synchronize overhead Keowee unit to 230 KV Red Bus.
THEN perform the following:
> Close PCH-8 (Red closed light illuminated)
2 Release PCB-8 SYNC push button.
WHEN synchronization is achieved,
Note: The SYNC CHECK provides only indication, NOT protection against out of
phase closure.
Cue: lnform candidate that this task is complete.
COMMENTS:
END TASK
- TOP TIME:
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRB-SOOfnl
Page 11 of 12
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
3
Reset buttons must be pushed to reset the Switchyard Isolation circuit to allow PCBs
to be repositioned.
Oconee must have Keowee control to operate any Keowee Unit.
Must recognize power is coming from a Keowee Unit via the overhead path in order
to transfer power back to the switchyard.
Manually syncing of the Keowee Unit is required to put the Oconee axillaries on the
5
7
I 3
CRO-GOB fnl
Page 12 of 12
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION QF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1. A switchyard isofation has occurred
2. Unit 1 and Unit 2 reactors have tripped
3. Unit 3 remains online at 100% power
4. Power has been restored to Unit 1 and Unit 2's Main Feeder Buses from Keowee Unit 1 via
the overhead power path
5. The TCC has notified Oconee that the 230 KV transmission system voltage and frequency
has returned to normal and recovery from switchyard isolation may be initiated.
INITIATING CUES:
1. The SRO in the control room instructs you utilize Enclosure 5.3 of AP/511 (Recovery From
boss of Power) to recover from the Switchyard Isolation.
2. Procedure steps Z and 2 have been completed. Begin on step 3.
CRO-700 fnl
Page Z of 18
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
CRO-700
Place IC§ In Auto following Loss Of Auto Power
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
CRO-700 fnl
Page 2 of 18
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
Place ICS In Auto following Loss Of Auto Power
Alternate Path:
Facility JPM #:
KIA Ratinqfs):
System' BWIA02
WA.
M I . 1
Rating: 4.013.8
Task Standard:
Use AP/23 (boss Of ICs Power) Enclosure 5 5 (Placing ICs In Auto) to place the 16s in AUTO following a
Loss Of Auto Power.
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator
In-Plant __
References:
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform 2
Simulate __
CRO-700 fnl
Page 3 of 18
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
I.
Recall Snap 22 1
2. Import files for CRO-708
3. GotoRUN
CRO-700 fnl
Page 4 of 18
TooIslEquipmenffProcedures Needed:
AW23 (boss Of ICs Power) Enclosure 5.5 (Placing ICs In Auto)
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate lo me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1. ICs AUTO power lost
2. AP/23 (Loss of ICs Power) in progress
3. 16s AUTO power has been restored
INITEATING CUES:
The SRO directs you to perform Enclosure 5.5 (Placing 16s in AUTO) to place ALL ICs H/A
stations in AUTO.
CRO-700 fnl
Page 5 of 18
START TIME:
Note: All operations will be performed on the ICs stations located on IUBI.
Step I
Perform a pre-job briefing for AP/l/Ai1700/023 from the pra-job briefing
database.
State that 8 pre-job briefing should be performed.
Continue to Step 2.
STANDARD:
Cue: Inform candidate that the pre-job briefing has been performed.
Note: Candidate will obtain setpoint information from the OAC during this JPM.
COMMENTS:
Step 2
Ensure RATE SET to 0.0
Ensure RATE SET thumbwheel located is set to 0.0
Continue to SteD 3.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
_I_ SAT
I_ UNSAT
-
__ UNSAT
CRO-700 fnl
Page 6 of 18
STEQ:
STANDARD
COMMENTS:
Step 3
Verify TflP setpoint at THP by comparing the following,
RNQ
Ensure the following in HAND:
e
0 1 E2089 (TURB HBR PRESS SETPOINT)
0 1 E2088 (IC5 SELECTED TURB HDR PRESS)
TURBINE MASTER
Adjust THP setpoint to = THP at the TURBINE MASTER.
Call up the appropriate OAC display (enter GB AP28) anti determine
THP setpoint NOT at J THP and perform RNO.
Verify the above stations are in HAND.
Use the Setpoint knob on the TURBINE MASTER to match THP setpoint
to i- THP while monitoring on the OAC.
Continue to Step 4.
=:
Step 4
Place TURBINE MASTER in AUTO
STANDARD:
TURBINE MASTER is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto
pushbutton on the TURBINE MASTER Bailey station.
Continue to Step 5
COMMENTS:
STEP:
Step 5
Verify Main Turbine controlling THP.
Verify Main Turbine controlling THP by observing THP being maintained
at setpoint.
Continue to Step 6
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
UNSAT
-
I_
UNSAT
CRO-700 fnl
Page 7 of 18
Step 6
Verify all TBVs are closed.
Verify all TBVs closed by observing the Green closed indication
Continue to Step 7.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 7
Ensure all TBVs in AUTO:
Place TBVs in AUTO by depressing the red AUTO pushbutton and verify
the red AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND light extinguishes.
Continue to Step 8.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 8
Verify Tave setpoint at = Tave by comparing the following:
OlE2087 (ICs TAVE SETPOINT)
e
OlE2086 (ICs SELECTED TAVE)
RNO
Ensure the following:
DIAMOND in HAND
e
I A FDW MASTER in HAND
1B FBW MASTER in HAND
STANDA.
COMMENTS:
Call up the appropriate OAC display (enter G- AP28) and determine
Tave setpoint NOT at = Tave and perform RNO.
Verify the above stations are in HAND.
Adjust Tave setpoint to = Tave at the REACTOR MASTER while
mcnitoring on the OAC.
Continue to Step 9
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
I_ SAT
__ UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-900 fnl
Page 8 of 18
Step 9
Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL.
Verify DIAMOND in MANUAL by observing MANUAL light illuminated on
DIAMOND panel.
Continue to Step I O .
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP I O :
Step 10
Place REACTOR MASTER in AUTO.
REACTOR MASTER is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto
pushbutton on the REACTOR MASTER Bailey station and verify the red
AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND light extinguishes.
Continue to Step 11
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 11 :
Step 11
Verify Neutron Error is 0 f I0h.
Verify Neutron Error is 0 f 1% by observing Neutron Error meter on
IUBI.
Continue to Step 52
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
. . .
.. .
. ..
..
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
__ SAT
_I UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-700 fnl
Page 9 of 18
STEP 12:
Step 12
Place DIAMOND in AUTO
STANDARD:
Place DIAMOND in AUTO by depressing the AUTO pushbutton on the
DIAMOND panel pushbutton and verify the AUTO light illuminates and
the HAND light extinguishes. Verify plant parameters do not change.
Continue to Step 13
COMMENTS:
STEP 13:
Step 13
Verify STM GENERATOR MASTER Measured Variable is on the caret.
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the
STM GENERATOR MASTER is on the caret.
Continue to Step 14.
STANDARD;
COMMENTS:
STEP 14:
Step 14
Place STM GENERATOR MASTER in AUTO.
STM GENERATOR MASTER is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto
pushbutton on the STM GENERATOR MASTER Bailey station and verify
the red AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND light extinguishes.
Continue to Step 15
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
I__ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
I
-
UNSAT
CRO-700 fnl
Page 10 of 18
Verify Delta Tc setpoint at = Delta Tc by comparing the following:
0
0
O1E2091 (ICs DELTA TC SETPOINT)
OlP1608 (RCS NARROW WNGE BELTATC)
STANDARD:
Verify Delta Tc setpoint at = Delta Tc by comparing the above points on
the OAC.
Continue to Step 16
COMMENTS:
STEP 16:
Step 16
Place DELTA Tc station in AUTO.
The DELTA Tc station is placed in AUTO by depressing the Auto
pushbutton on the DELTA Tc Bailey station and verifying the red AUTO
light illuminates and the white HAND light extinguishes.
Continue to Step 17.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 17:
Step 17
Verify 1A FDW MASTER Measured Variable is on the caret.
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the
1A FCIW MASTER is on the caret.
Continue to Step 18.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
I_
I_ UNSAT
-
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
I
-
UNSAT
CRO-780 fnl
Page 11 of 18
STEP 18:
Step 18
Verify 1 B FBW MASTER Measured Variable is on the caret.
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the
1 B FDW MASTER is on the caret.
Continue to Step 19.
STANBARD:
COMMENTS:
NOTE
1A FDW MASTER and 18 FDW MASTER should both be placed in AUTO
....
...
-
.~...
simultaneously.
STEP 19:
Step 19
Place the following in AUTO:
I A FDW MASTER
I B FDW MASTER
The 1A FBW MASTER and 1 B FBW MASTER is placed in AUTO
simultaneously by depressing the Auto pushbuttons on both the 1A FDW
MASTER and I
B FDW MASTER Bailey stations and verifying the red
AUTO lights illuminate and the white HAND lights extinguish.
Continue to Step 20.
STANDARD:
Note: Simultaneous operation is not critical.
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRO-700 fnl
Page 12 of 18
CAUTION
Changing Total FDW flow will result in Rx power change. Total FDW flow should be
maintained as near constant as possible by adjusting FDW pump speed and FDW control
valve positions.
STEP 20:
Step 20
._..
.. . . .. .
. . .~
Verify lowest FDW VALVE AP = 35 psid
'
STANDARD:
Verify lowest FDW VALVE AP = 35 psid by observing the FBW VALVE
Continue to Step 21
COMMENTS:
STEP 21 :
Step 21
Verify 18 MAIN FDW PUMP Measured Variable is on the caret.
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the
I A MAIN FDW PUMP is on the caret.
Continue to Step 22.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 22:
Step 22
IAAT 1A MAIN FDW PUMP Measured Variable is on the caret,
AND desired in AUTO,
THEN place 1A MAIN FDW PUMP in AUTO.
Place I A MAIN FDW PUMP in AUTO by depressing the AUTO
pushbutton and verify the red AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND
light extinguishes.
Continue to Step 23.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
-
___ UNSAT
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
___ SAT
-
UNSA?
CRO-700 fnl
Page 13of 18
STEP 23:
Step 23
Verify 18 MAIN FDW PUMP Measured Variable is on the caret.
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the
I B MAIN FDW PUMP is on the caret.
Continue to Step 24.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 24:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 24
IAAT 16 MAIN FDW PUMP Measured Variable is on the caret,
AND desired in AUTO.
THEN perform the following:
0
Adjust I B MAIN FDW 6UMP bias as required using 0 1 E2092 (FWT
1 B BIAS).
.
Place 1 B MAIN FDW PUMP in AUTO by depressing the AUTO
pushbutton and verify the red AUTO light illuminates and the white HAND
light extinguishes.
Continue toStep 25
Place r E MAIN FDW PUMP in AUTO.
STEP 25:
Step 25
Verify 1 FDW-32 Measured Variable is on the caret
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the
1 FDW-32 controller is on the caret.
Continue to Step 26
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
. .. .
. . . .
-.
.. .. ...
-SAT
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
__ UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-700 fnl
Page 14of 18
STEP 26:
Step 26
Verify ?FDW-35 Mmsured Variable is on the caret.
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the
1 FBW-35 controller is on the caret.
Continue to Step 27.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
. ~ ~ . .
_.
.. .
NOTE"
1 FDW-32 and 1 FDW-35 should .. .-.
both be placed in ......
AUTO simultaneously.
~
~
~
~
..
...._.
STEP 27:
Step 27
Place the following in AUTO:
IFDW-32
IFDW-35
The IFDW-32 and IFDW-35 is placed in AUTO simultaneously by
depressing the Auto pushbuttons on both the IFDW-32 and 1FDW-35
Bailey stations and verifying the red AUTO lights illuminate and the M i t e
HAND lights extinguish.
Continue to Step 28
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 28:
Step 28
Verify IFDW-41 Measured Variable is on the caret
STANDARD:
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer on the
1 FDW-41 controller is on the caret.
Continue to Step 29.
COMMENTS:
-
UNSAT
CRlTlCAL STEP
-
__ UNSAT
~
-
UNSAT
CRO-900 fnl
Page 15of 18
STEP 29:
Step 29
Verify 1 FDW-44 Measured Variable is on the caret.
Place selector switch to Measured Variable and verify the pointer Qn the
1 FDW-44 controller is on the caret.
Continue to Step 30.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
NOTE
1 FDW-41 and 1 FDW-44 should both be placed in AUTO simultaneously.
.
~
-. .. . . ,.
~ ....
STEP 30:
Step 30
Place the following in AUTO:
IFDW-41
IFDW-44
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
The 1 FDW-41 and 1 FDW-44 is placed in AUTO simultaneously by
depressing the Auto pushbuttons on both the 1 FDW-41 and 1 FDW.
Bailey stations and verifying the red AUTO lights illuminate and the white
HAND lights extinguish.
Continue to Step 31.
STEP 31:
Step 31
Slowly adjust the following as required by unit operation:
Tave
THP
Delta Tc
Adjust the above on 1 UBI as required by unit operation.
Continue to Step 32.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
I
_I UNSAT
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
I
_
.
UNSAT
CRO-700 fill
Page 16 of 18
STEP 32:
STANDARD
COMMENTS:
Step 32
Ensure CTPD SET at desired value
Ensure CTPD SET at desired value on 1 UBI.
I_ SAT
___ UNSAT
...
...~..
END
.. TASK
... .
STOP TIME:
CRO-700 fRl
Page 17 of 18
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP tC
Explanation
3
4
7
8
I 0
12
14
16
19
22
24
27
30
The setpoint and the parameter have to be matched to prevent a plant transient as
the ICs is place in AUTO.
Required to place the ICs in AUTO.
Required to place the 16s in AUTO.
The setpoint and the parameter have to be matched to prevent a plant transient as the ICs is
place in AUTO.
Required to place the ICs in AUTO.
Required to place the ICs in AUTO.
Required to place the ICs in AUTO.
Required to place the ICs in AUTO.
Required to place the ICs in AUTO.
Required to place the ICs in AUTO.
Required to place the IC§ in AUTO.
Required to place the IC§ in AUTO.
Required to place the ICs in AUTO.
CRO-700 ftll
Page 18 of 18
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
I
~ ICs AUTO power lost
2. AP/23 (Loss of ICs Power) in progress
3. ICS AUTO power has been restored
INITIATING CUES:
The SRO directs you to perform Enclosure 5.5 (Placing ICs in AUTO) to place ALL ICs H/A
stations in AUTO.
CRO-900 fnl
Page 1 of 13
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
CRO-900
Release GWD Tank
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
CRO-900 fnl
Page 2 of 13
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE WAMINATION
Task:
Release GWD Tank
Alternate Path:
N
FacilitvJPM #:
WA Rating(&
System: 071
WA:
A426
Rating: 3.1/3.9
Task Standard:
Release a GWD tank correctly using OP1I&2iAl104~018
End 4 9 (GWD
TankRelease)
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator 2
In-Piant __
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Perform
Simulate -
CRO-900 fnl
Page 3 of 13
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
Z . Recall IC-30
2. GotoRUN
CRO-900 ffll
Page 4 of 13
TooIslEauipment/Procedu~es Needed:
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be periormed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet i provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Release of "B" GWB tank is desired
QP/1&2/N1104/018, Enclosure 4.9 (GWD Tank Release) is in progress and completed up to
step 2.3.
INITIATING CUES:
SRO directs you to complete the release of the "B" GWD tank at step 2.3 of Enclosure 4.9.
CRO-900 fnl
Page 5 of 13
START TIME:
Step 2.3
Determine any other GWR(s) are in progress at station.
Determine that no other GWR(s) are in progress at ONS
Continue to Step 2.4
STANDARD:
Cue: No other GWRs are in progress.
COMMENTS:
Step 2.4
EF release will be made at 1/3 station release limit, verify IRIA-45 High
and Alert Alarm setpoints set per PT/0/A/0230/001 (Radiation MonitQr
Check).
STANDARD:
Refer to PT/OIA/0230/001 (Radiation Monitor Check) and verify 1 RIA-45
High and Aiert Alarm setpoints using the RIA View Node.
Continue to Step 2.5
Note: The setpoints will not be correct and will require the candidate to reset them
per PT~02301001.
COMMENTS:
m:
Step 2.5
IF release will be made at 2/3 station release limit:
STANDARD
Determine that this release will be made a 1/3 station limit
N/A steps 2.5.1 - 2.5.5.
Continue to Step 3.1
Cue: If asked inform the candidate as the SRO that this release will be at 5/3 station
limit
COMMENTS:
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STE
_I SAT
-
UNSAT
-
UNSAT
CRO-900 fnl
Page 6 of 13
STEP:
Step 3.1
Record background readings for 1 RIA-37 & 1 RIA-38 on Enclosure 4.10
GWD Tank Sample Request.
STANDARD:
Determine background readings for 1 RIA-37 & 1 RIA-38 by observing the
RIA readings on the RIA View Node and record on Enclosure 4.10.
Note: The background readings should be as follows:
ZRIA-37 Background reading is: 45 cps
IRIA-38 Background reading is: 6.6 cps
Continue to Step 3.2
COMMENTS:
....
[%OTE: The RIArequired to terminate release (ILIA within range) must be
1 operable or .....
two independent samples must be taken
._.. (SLG 16.1 1.3).
......
m:
Step 3.2
Recommended 1 RIA-37 and 38 High and Alert setpcints:
e
1 RIA-37
cpm above background
1 RIA-38
cpm above background
Obtain this information from the sample request and record on form.
Continue to Step 3.3
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
I
-
UNSAT
CRO-900 fnl
Page 7 of 13
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS
Step 3.3
Adjust 1 RIA-37 setpoints for release per on6 of the foliowing:
3.3.1 IF above instrument range over-ride 1 RIA-37 setpoints:
o
Set 1 RIA-37 alert setpoint at zero
Set 1 RIA-37 High setpoint at zero
Or
3.3.2 IF required to set alarms:
a
Set 1 RIA-37 Alert setpoint at 4795 cpm
Set 1 RIA-37 High setpoint at 4795 cpm
Determine setpoints for release are NOT above instrument range and
NIA step 3.3.1.
Determine required setpoints by adding background to data from the
sample request and enter it on this form.
Continue to Step 3.4
Step 3.4
Adjust 1 RIA-38 setpoints for release per one of the following:
3.4.1 IF above instrument range over-ride 1 RIA-38 setpoints:
e
Set 1 RIA-38 Alert setpoint at zero
Set 1 RIA-38 High setpoint at zero
Or
3.4.2 IF required to set alarms:
Set 1 RIA-38 Alert setpoint at 31E).6 cpm
Set 1 RIA-38 High setpoint at 319.6 cpm
Determine setpoints for release are NOT above instrument range and
NIA step 3.3.1.
Determine required setpoints by adding background to data from the
sample request and enter it on this form.
Continue to Step 3.5
CRITICAL STE
__ SAT
__ UNSAT
CRITICAL STE
__ SAT
-
UNSAT
CRO-900 fnl
Page 8 of 13
STAN DARD :
COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
Step 3.5
Reset WASTE GASTANK DISCH integrator to zero.
Reset WASTE GASTANK DISC# integrator located on 1AB3 to zero by
deprsssing the reset button.
Continue to Step 3.6
Step 3.6
Ensure GWW DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL in '"HAND".
Ensure GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL in "HAND" and CLOSED
located on 1AB3.
Verify GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL "CLOSED"
Continue to Step 3.7
STEP 10:
Step 3.7
Open GWD-100 (Decay Tanks Bischarge Header Block). (A-2-2091E 13'
N of Door)
STANDARD:
Dispatch NE0 to Open GWD-100 (Decay Tanks Discharge Header
Block).
Continue to Step 3.8
Cue: inform candidate that GWD-IO0 is open.
COMMENTS:
I
__ UNSAT
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL STEl
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-900 fnl
Page 9 of 13
STEP 11 :
Step 3.8
IF releasing GWD Tank B perform the following:
e
Open GWD-99 (Decay Tank 1B Discharge Block)
Place GWD-5 (5 GWB TANK DISCHARGE) switch to "AUTO
STANDARD:
Cue: Inform candidate that GWB-99 is open.
Dispatch NE0 to open GWD-99 (Decsy Tank 15 Discharge Block).
Located GWD-5 (B GWD TANK DISCHARGE) on 1863 and place
switch to "AUTO"
Continue to Step 3.9
COMMENTS:
STEP 12:
Steps 3.9 - 3.1 1
IF releasing GWD Tank B perform the following ...
Determine NOT releasing GWD Tank A, C, D and NIA steps 3.8. 3.10,
and 3.1 1.
Continue to Step 3.12
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
....
~
NOTE: - Station Limit release rates, per SLC 16.11, will NOT be exceeded if
recommended release rates per Enclosure 4.10 "GWD Tank Sample Request"
are followed.
- Limit and Precautions have ~..~
required approval levels for release.
STEP 13:
Step 3.12
Approval granted for release.
STANDARD:
Obtain approval for release.
Continue to Step 3.13
Cue: Approval is granted for release by Trac:
COMMENTS:
Lemons at current Daterrime.
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
__ UNSAT
-
-
UNSAT
CRO-900 fnl
Page 10 of 13
STEP 14:
Step 3.43
IF releasing at 2/3 Station Limit:
Determine NOT releasing at 2/3 Station Limit by previous cue.
Continue to Step 3.14
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 15:
Step 3.14
Recommended Release Rate from Enclosure 4.10 "GWD Tank Sample
Request":
cfm.
Record Recommended Release Rate from Enclosure 4.10 "GWD Tank
Sample Request".
Continue to Step 3.15
STANDARD:
CQMMENPS:
NOTE:
e
e
If U1 Penetration Room Ventilation (PRV) system is shutdown, RIA-32 U1 Penetration
Room sample point does NOT sample general area air properly.
With U1 PRV system shutdown. RIA-32 sample point for U1 Penetration Room is
sampling air in piping between U1 Unit Vent and PRV discharge.
RIA-32 counts may increase when selected to U1 Penetration Room while making a
GWD Release.
STEP 16:
Step 3.15
Place a note on Turnover sheet that RIA-32 Penetration Room sample
point may alarm when selected to U'i Penetration Room during GWD
release.
Candidate should indicate a note should be placed on the Turnover sheet
indicating that RIA-32 Penetration Room sample point may alarm when
selected to U1 Penetration Room during GWD release.
Continue to Step 3.16
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
I
-
II_ UNSAT
I
-
UNSAT
_I SAT
-
UNSAT
CRO-900 fnl
Page I 1 of 13
STEP 17:
Step3.16
Adjust GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL to obtain desired release
rate.
STANDARD:
Slowly adjust the manual loading knob to obtain the desired release rate.
Continue to Step 3.17
Note: Although the maximum rate is high the actual release rate will be low.
COMMENTS:
STEP 18:
Step 3.17
Record "Begin GWR #
" in Unit Log
STANDARD:
Candidate should indicate a Unit log entry would be made.
COMMENTS:
END
. ~ -
TASK
..
.....
CRITICAL STEP
-
-
UNSAT
I
-
UNSAT
STOP TIME:
CRO-900 fnl
Page 120f 13
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
2
6
7
10
2 1
17
Required to set RIA to prevent station release above limits.
Required to set RIA to prevent station release above limits.
Required to set RIA to prevent station release above limits.
Required to align release flow path.
Required to align release flow path.
Required to align release flow path.
CRO-900 fnl
Page 13 of 13
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Release of "5" GWD tank is desired
OQ/l&2/A/1104/818, Endosure 4.9 (GWD Tank Release) is in progress and completed up to
step 2.3.
INITIATING CUES:
SRQ directs you to complete the release of the "B" GWD tank at step 2.3 of Enclosure 4.9.
NLO-036 fnl
Page 1 of 10
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
NLO-036
STARTUP A VITAL BUS INVERTER
CANDIDATE
EXAMINER
NLO-036 fnl
Page 2 of 10
REGION II
INlTiAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
STARTUP A VITAL BUS INVERTER
Alternate Path:
N
Facilitv JPM #
N
WA Ratinds):
System: 062
WA:
A3.04
Rating: 2.9/2.9
Task Standard:
Vital Bus Inverter placed in service correctly
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Simulator -
In-Plant
X
Perform -
Simulate
References:
OP/l,2,3/A/t 107/04. Enclosure 4 2 (Startup Of The Vital Bus Inverters)
Validation Time: 3 minutes
Time Critical: NO
Preferred Evaluation Method:
____-_____________---ssssss_______ss------------------------------------------
_ ~ ~ ~ ~ _ _ _ _ _ ~ _ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ _ _ ~ - - - s s s s s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - - - - - ~
Candidate:
Time Start,
NAME
Time Finish.
Performance Ratins SAT
~
UNSAT -
Performance Time -
Examiner:
I--
NAME
SIGNATURE
DATE
NLO-036 fnl
Page 3 of 10
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
ToolslEquipmentIProcedures Needed:
NLO-036 fnl
Page4of10
READ TO OPERATOR
DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Earkies today the 1DIB Vital Bus Inverter was shutdown for maintenance. I & E personnel
have just notified the Control Room SRO that they have completed their work on the inverter.
The affected I2OVAC Vital Instrumentation Power Panelboard is being supplied by Regulated
AC Panelboard KRA.
INITIATING CUE
The Control Room SRQ directs you to startup IDIB Vital Bus Inverter per OPlllNZ 107/04
(Enctosure 4.2). DC Power to the inverter has
Begin at Step 2.1.
been isolated.
START TIME:
Step 2.1
IF DC power to the inverter has been isolated, close breaker #33 on the
associated DC paneiboard.
Determine that DC power to the inverter has not been isolated by
referring to the initial conditions.
Continue to Step 2.2.
STANDARD:
CUE: Indicate to candidate that breaker #33 is closed.
COMMENTS:
Step 2.2
Press the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton until the PRECHARGE
light comes on.
STANDARD:
The candidate depresses the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton untii
the PRECHARGE light comes on.
CUE: Indicate to the student that the PRECHARGE light is ON.
Continue to Step 2.3.
COMMENTS:
NbQ-036 fnl
Page 5 of 10
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL TASK
-
-
UNSAT
Step 2.3
CLOSE the DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify Vital Bus INVERTER
OUTPUT voltage increases to approximately 120 volts AC.
STANDARD:
Cue: indicate to the student that the DC INPUT breaker is ifl the ON position.
The DC INPUT circuit breaker is CLOSED
INVERTER OUTPUT voltmeter, AC volts, is observed and verified to
indicate approximately 120 volts AC.
Cue: indicate to student that inverter voltage iNCREASES from 0 to 120 volts AC,
as indicated on the INVRTER OUTPUT voltmeter.
Continue to Step 2.4.
COMMENTS:
Step 2.4
CLOSE the INVERTER OUTPUT circuit breaker.
STANDARD:
CUE: indicate to the student that the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is in the ON
position.
The INVERTER OUTPUT circuit breaker is CLOSED
Continue to Step 2.5.
COMMENTS:
NLO-036 fnl
Page 6 of 10
CRITICAL TASK
I
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL TASK
-
UNSAT
Step 2.5
VERIFY the IN SYNC light is on.
Green IN SYNC light is verified ON.
STANDARD:
CUE: indicate to student that IN SYNC light is ON.
Continue to Step 2.6.
COMMENTS:
Step 2.6
POSITION the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH to the NORMAL SOURCE
position.
Student rotates the Manual Bypass Switch from the ALTERNATE
SOURCE position to the NORMAL SOURCE position.
STANDARD:
Cue: lndicate to the sfudenf that the Maflual Bypass Switch is in the NORMAL
SOURCE position.
Continue to Step 2.7.
COMMENTS:
NLO-036 fnl
Page 7 of 10
-
I
UNSAT
CRITICAL TASK
_I_ SAT
-
UNSAT
Step 2.7
VERIFY the following indications:
INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter = 120 volts
Inverter Output frequency meters 60 Hz
INVERTER OUTPUT amp meter increases and stabilizes to match
SYSTEM OUTPUT amp meter.
e
The following indications are verified:
INVERTER OUTPUT volts - 120
STANDARD:
INVERTER OUTPUT frequency = 60 tiz.
INVERTER OUTPUT amp meter increases and stabilizes to match
SYSTEM OUTPUT amp meter.
Cue: Provide the following indications to the student:
INV. OUTPUT volts f20.
INV. OUTPUT freq. 60.
INV. OUTPUT amps 20 - 40.
SYS. OUTPUT amps 20 - 40.
COMMENTS:
.....
END TASK
......
. ..
NLO-036 fnl
Page 8 of 10
-
-
UNSAT
STOP TIME:
CRITICAL STEP EX-PLANATIONS:
NLO-036 fnl
Page 9 of 10
STEP #
Explanation
2
Recharge input filter capacitor prevents a large increase in current when the inverter
is placed on line.
3
Closing the DC input breaker supplies DC input to the inverter.
4
Closing this breaker connects the inverter output to the input of the autotransformer.
6
Selecting NORMAL Source with the Manual Bypass Switch causes a make before
break transfer to the inverter output placing the inverter in service.
NLO-036 fnl
Page 10 of 10
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Earlier today the 1DIB Vital Bus Inverter was shutdown for maintenance. I & E personnel
have just notified the Control Room SRO that they have completed their work on the inverter.
The affected I20VAC Vital Instrumentation Power Panelboard is being supplied by Regulated
AC Panelboard KKA.
lNlTIATlNG CUE:
The Control Room SRQ directs you to startup IDIB Vital Bus Inverter per OP/l/Ail107/04
(Enclosure 4.2). DC Power to the inverter has ROf been isolated.
Begin at Step 2.1
NLO-039 fnl
Page 1 of 10
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
N LO-039
PRIME THE SPENT FUEL POOL FILL LINE
CANDIDATE
EXAMBUER
NbO-039 fnl
Pags 2 of 10
REGION II
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Task:
PRIME THE SPENT FUEL POOL FILL LINE
Alternate Path:
Facilihr JPM #:
KIA Ratinnb):
System: APE022
KIA:
AK3.02
Rating. 3.5/3.8
Task Standard:
SFP Priming Pump is aligned and started
Preferred Evaluation Location:
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator -
In-Plant
X
Perform -
Simulate X
References:
EOP Enclosure "HPI Pump Operations from ASW Pump Switchgear"
Candidate:
I
-
Time Start:
NAME
Time Finish:
Performance Time
~
Performance RatinR: SAT-
UNSAT -
Examiner:
I
NAME
SIGNATURE
DATE
SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE
Nb0-039 fnl
Page 3 of 10
__
Tools/auipmenffProcedu~~s
Needed:
NLO-039 fnl
Pageeof 10
READ TO OPERATOR
DlRECTlON TO TRAINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room
steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I wil[
provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you
indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A tornado has struck Unit 2 Turbine Building and destroyed the 4160 volt switchgear TC, TD,
and TE.
it also struck the Unit 2 BWST, rupturing and draining it.
The SSF Reactor Coolant Makeup Pump failed to start.
2A HPIP has been powered from the ASW switchgear.
The Spent Fuel Pool level is currently +I
.Q feet.
INITIATING CUES:
The EOP directs the operator to perform "HPI Pump Operation From ASW Pump Switchgear"
Enclosure to align HPlPs to the SFP.
Another operator is aligning the HPI Suction from the SFP.
The Control Room SRO directs you to prime the Spent Fuel Pool fill line on Unit 2 per this
Enclosure, beginning at Step 20.
NLO-039 fnl
Page 5 of 10
START TIME:
Step 20
Obtain bucket and rope from EOP equipment locker U2AB5. (A-5.
U2
elevator lobby)
Locate EOQ equipment locker U2AB5 located at A-5, U2 elevator lobby
and idcaite that you would obtain a bucket and rope from the locker.
Continue to Step 21.
STANDARD:
Cue: Inform candidate that opening the docker is not rqUiFed.
COMMENTS:
-2:
Step 21A
Connect SF priming pump suction hose to quick disconnect fitting at SF-
86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATEK INLET)
STANDARD:
Candidate connects suction hose to quick disconnect fitting at SF-86, 01
verifies it is connected
Continue to Step 21 B.
COMMENTS:
STEP:
Step 21 B
Connect ths Spent Fuel Priming Pump suction hose to the Spent Fuel
Pool Fill line connection tap on SF-85 (SF PRIMING PUMP
UNDERWATER SUPPLY BLOCK).
Verify the Spent Fuel Priming Pump suction hose to the Spent Fuel Pool
Fill line connection tap on SF-85 (SF PRIMING PUMP UNDERWATER
SUPPLY BLOCK) is connected.
STANDARD:
Continue to Step 21C
COMMENTS:
-
_I UNSAT
-
I_ UNSAT
I
-
UNSAT
NLO-039 fnl
Page 6 of 10
-4:
Step 21C
Open SF-85 (SF PRIMING PUMP UNDRWATER SUPPLY BLOCK)
The student locates and opens SF-85 (Pool Underwater Supply Block to
Priming Pump) by rotating valve operator until handle is parallel with pipe.
Continue to Step 210.
STANDARD:
Note: There is a special tool for operating SF-85 and SF-84 hanging at the South
end of the Spent Fuel Pool.
COMMENTS:
-5:
Step 21 D
Place the flex hose on the discharge of the SF Priming Pump into the
SFP.
STANDARD:
The student (simulates) placing the free end of discharge hose into the
Spent Fuel Peel.
Continue to Step 21E.
COMMENTS:
a:
Step 21 E
CLOSE SF-84 (SF POOL UNDERWATER SUPPLY VENT)
SF-84 (SF Pool Underwater Supply Vent) is CLOSED by rotating valve
operator until handle is perpendicular to pipe.
Continue to Step 21 F.
STANDARD:
Note: There is a special tool for operating SF-85 and SF-84 hanging at the South
end of the Spent Fuel Pool.
COMMENTS:
CRITICAL
__ SAT
-
UNSI
~
-
UNSC
-
_I UNSF
STEQ:
Step 21 F
Fill the SF Priming Pump Seal Tank to at least half-full with DW or water
from SFP using bucket.
The candidate fills the SF Priming Pump Seal Tank at least half-full using
DW from the North-West end of the SFP or by using the rope and bucket
to dip out of the SFP.
STANDARD:
Note: It will take several buckets of water to fill the SF Priming Pump Seal Tank
half-full.
Continue to Step 22
CUE: Communications have been established with operators at the ASWPump
Room and East Penetration Room.
COMMENTS:
Step 22
WHEN communication is established with operators in the following
locations:
ASW Pump Room
East Pen Room
THEN open SF-86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATER INLET)
STANDARD:
Determine communications have been established with the above
locations and then open SF-86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATER
INLET).
Continue to Step 23.
Cue: Communications have been established.
COMMENTS:
Nb0-039 fnl
Page 7 of 10
CRITICAL TASK
-
-
UNSAT
CRITICAL TASK
-
-
UNSAT
NbO-039 fnl
Page 8 of I O
-9:
Step 23
Notify operator in ASW pump Rm to start U1/2 SF PRIMING PUMP
(remote starter on S wall)
STANDAKD:
Notify operator in ASW pump Rm to start U112 SF PRIMING PUMP
Continue to Step 24.
Cue: The UV2 SF PRMNG PUMP is operafing.
COMMENTS:
STEP IO:
Step 24
IAAT seal tank level begins to rise,
THEN close SF-86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATER INLET)
STANDARD:
Monitor seal tank level and determine it is NOT rising
Continue to Step 25.
Cue: Seal tank level is NOT rising.
COMMENTS:
STEP 11 :
Step 25
WHEN SFP fill line is primed (as indicated by a steady discharge stream
from the SF priming pump),
THEN notify Control Room of the following:
HPI suction aligned to SFP fill line
HPI pump cooling water status
An operator is available in the E Pen Rm to throttle 1 HP-26
Monitor the hose attached to the SF priming pump discharge and
determine the SFP line is primed.
THEN
Notify the Control Room the HPI suction is aligned to SFP fill line.
STANDARD:
Cue: The SFpriming pump has steady discharge stream.
Cue: Notifying the Control of the last two bulieted items is not required for this
JPM.
COMMENTS:
L...
..~~.
.-.
__.__
END TASK
STOP TIME:
CRITICAL TASK
-
__ UNSAT
_I SAT
-
UNSAT
-
__ UNSAT
NLO-039 fnl
Page 9 of 10
CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:
STEP #
Explanation
Necessary to provide suction to the priming pump.
Tank must be %full to provide adequate water for priming
Required to provide flow path.
Priming pump must operate to fill the line.
4
7
8
9
NLO-039 fnl
Page 20 of 10
CANDIDATE CUE SHEET
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A tornado has struck Unit 2 Turbine Building and destroyed the 4160 volt switchgear TC, TB,
and TE.
it also struck the Unit 2 BWST, rupturing and draining it.
The SSF Reactor Coolant Makeup Pump failed to start.
2A HPlP has been powered from the ASW switchgear.
The Spent Fuel Po01 level is currently +I .Q feet.
INITIATING CUES:
The EOP directs the operator to petform HPI Pump Operation From ASW Pump Switchgear
Enclosure to align HPlPs to the SFP.
Another operator js aiigning the HPI Suction from the SFP.
The Control Room SRO directs you to prime the Spent Fuel Pool fill line on Unit 2 per this
Enclosure, beginning at Step 20.